The only revision of Iphione was made by Pettibone in 1986, who recognized four species including two newly described in that work: I. muricata (Savigny in Lamarck, 1818) (type species), I. ovata Kinberg, 1856, I. treadwelli Pettibone, 1986, and I. henshawi Pettibone, 1986. She included I. fimbriata de Quatrefages, 1866, I. glabra de Quatrefages, 1866, and I. fustis Hoagland, 1920 within I. muricata, and I. spinosa Kinberg, 1856 and I. hirotai Izuka, 1912 in I. ovata. Three other species were later added to the genus: I. reticulata Amoureux, Rullier & Fishelson, 1978 from the Red Sea, I. coriolis Hanley & Burke, 1991 from the Coral Sea, and I. malifera Piotrowski, 2014 from the Philippines. A recent contribution showed that I. ovata ranges from the Red Sea to the Eastern Pacific and includes I. spinosa and I. reticulata. Our objectives were to revise the genus, evaluating all species and describing new ones by assessing the relevance of morphological features, assisted in part with COI sequence data. We studied the morphology of type and non-type material from 18 institutions and sequenced 52 specimens representing 11 species. We found that the size and position of eyes, the size relationships between cephalic appendages, and the number of rows of macrotubercles in elytra vary with body size. The most relevant diagnostic features for species delineation, confirmed by genetic species delineation, are the type and size relationships of macrotubercles, the presence of fimbriae, the development of the basal tubercle of dorsal cirrophores, the type of neurochaetae (falcate versus acicular), and their tips (uni- vs bidentate; or simple vs hooded). We clarified the type species of the genus as I. ovata, and recognized 17 species, nine previously described and eight new. Our main results include: 1) the restriction of I. muricata; 2) the reinstatement of I. fimbriata including I. fustis; 3) redescriptions of I. coriolis, I. henshawi and I. treadwelli; and 4) the description of eight new species: I. ankeri sp. nov. from Guam, I. corbari sp. nov. from the Saya de Malha Bank, I. harrisae sp. nov. from French Polynesia, I. hourdezi sp. nov. from New Caledonia, I. hyndmani sp. nov. from Hong Kong, I. readi sp. nov. from the Red Sea (including many earlier records of I. muricata), I. richeri sp. nov. from New Caledonia, and I. wilsoni sp. nov. from Australia. Descriptions the eight newly described species include only one based upon a single specimen. Keys are included for the genera in the family, and species of Iphione.

CORAIL 2, KANACONO, LAGON, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, PAPUA NIUGINI, SAYA, SPANBIOS, TARASOC

ATIMO VATAE, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

An annotated checklist of the fish species of the Madagascar EEZ (southwestern Indian Ocean) comprises a total of 1,798 species in 247 families. 158 species are recorded from Madagascar for the first time. The majority of the species is autochthonous; 28 species have been introduced, mainly in freshwater habitats. The fish fauna is mostly marine (95.4% of the total number of native fish species), with the Gobiidae, Labridae, Serranidae, Pomacentridae and Apogonidae being the families with most representatives; among the 90 native freshwater fish species (adults mainly occurring in freshwater), the Cichlidae are the dominating family, but there are also two endemic families, the Bedotiidae (16 species) and Anchariidae (6 species). The fish fauna at Madagascar is typical for offshore, high islands in the southwestern Indian Ocean. Zoogeographically, the main element of the marine fish fauna of Madagascar consists of widespread tropical Indo-Pacific species (978 species, 58.3% of the total native marine species). A total of 13 species (3.3%) are found worldwide, either circumtropical or circumtropical including warm temperate zones. A total of 215 species (12.8%) are found worldwide, either circumtropical or circumtropical including warm temperate zones. An additional 453 species (27.0%) are Indian Ocean endemics, including 233 western Indian Ocean endemics (13.9%), 73 southwestern Indian Ocean endemics (4.4%), 16 species endemic to Madagascar and Mascarenes (1.0%), 4 species endemic to Madagascar and Comoros (0.2%), 3 species endemic to Madagascar and Madagascar Ridge (0.2%), and 37 marine species endemic to Madagascar (2.2%). Most of the autochthonous freshwater fishes are endemic to Madagascar (87 species, 96.7% of the native freshwater species).

Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, MD08 (BENTHOS), MIRIKY

The filamentous flounder Arnoglossus nigrofilamentosus n. sp. is described from four specimens collected in the southeastern Mediterranean near Tel-Aviv, Israel on 5 May 2017. The new species is characterized as follows: second to sixth dorsal-fin rays elongate and filamentous, dorsal-fin rays 78-84, anal-fin rays 61-66, pectoral-fin rays on ocular side 1213, on blind side 7-9, caudal-fin rays iii,11,iii , lateral-line scales 52-54, gill rakers 0 + 4-5, not serrated, interorbital a narrow bony ridge without scales in the middle, interorbital width 11% to 16% of upper orbit diameter, no enlarged teeth anteriorly in upper jaw, and prevomer small, not enlarged, weakly projecting into mouth cavity; body in fresh specimens pale (may have been dark before the epidermis was abrased), head, peritoneum and vertical fins black. The new species is described and compared with similar species. Though the species has not yet been observed in the northern Red Sea, it probably originates from the Gulf of Suez, so this finding represents a probable new case of Lessepsian migration.

EBISCO, MIRIKY

Imagery has become a key tool for assessing deep-sea megafaunal biodiversity, historically based on physical sampling using fishing gears. Image datasets provide quantitative and repeatable estimates, small-scale spatial patterns and habitat descriptions. However, taxon identification from images is challenging and often relies on morphotypes without considering a taxonomic framework. Taxon identification is particularly challenging in regions where the fauna is poorly known and/or highly diverse. Furthermore, the efficiency of imagery and physical sampling may vary among habitat types. Here, we compared biodiversity metrics (alpha and gamma diversity, composition) based on physical sampling (dredging and trawling) and towed-camera still images (1) along the upper continental slope of Papua New Guinea (sedimented slope with wood-falls, a canyon and cold seeps), and (2) on the outer slopes of the volcanic islands of Mayotte, dominated by hard bottoms. The comparison was done on selected taxa (Pisces, Crustacea, Echinoidea, and Asteroidea), which are good candidates for identification from images. Taxonomic identification ranks obtained for the images varied among these taxa (e.g., family/order for fishes, genus for echinoderms). At these ranks, imagery provided a higher taxonomic richness for hard-bottom and complex habitats, partially explained by the poor performance of trawling on these rough substrates. For the same reason, the gamma diversity of Pisces and Crustacea was also higher from images, but no difference was observed for echinoderms. On soft bottoms, physical sampling provided higher alpha and gamma diversity for fishes and crustaceans, but these differences tended to decrease for crustaceans identified to the species/morphospecies level from images. Physical sampling and imagery were selective against some taxa (e.g., according to size or behavior), therefore providing different facets of biodiversity. In addition, specimens collected at a larger scale facilitated megafauna identification from images. Based on this complementary approach, we propose a robust methodology for image-based faunal identification relying on a taxonomic framework, from collaborative work with taxonomists. An original outcome of this collaborative work is the creation of identification keys dedicated specifically to in situ images and which take into account the state of the taxonomic knowledge for the explored sites.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, Restricted, PAPUA NIUGINI

ATIMO VATAE

Species of the anglerfish genus Chaunax occurring off southern Africa are reviewed and nine species are recognized: C. africanus, C. apus, C. flammeus, C. penicillatus, C. russatus, C. suttkusi, and three newly described species. Chaunax atimovatae sp. nov. is distinguished by having numerous tiny melanophores on the skin and a mixture of bifurcate and simple spinules on its dorsal surface, scattered rounded green spots circled by yellow on its dorsal surface, 9 or 10 rakers on the second gill arch, and 2 neuromasts in the upper preopercular, 11–14 in the pectoral, 31–37 in the lateral-line proper. Chaunax heemstraorum sp. nov. is distinguished by a combination of all dermal spinules simple, large green spots on the dorsal surface, 10–12 rakers on the second gill arch; and 3 neuromasts in the upper preopercular, 13–18 in the pectoral, 37–42 in the lateral-line proper, and usually 5 on the caudal-fin base. Chaunax hollemani sp. nov. is distinguished by cirri on top of the head, head width 16.0–18.5% SL, pre-preopercle length 26.8–28.5% SL, 9 rakers on the second gill arch, and 2 neuromasts in the upper preopercular, 11–14 in the pectoral, and 33–38 in the lateral-line proper. A key to species found in the study region is provided.

Restricted, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY

The short-tail eel family Colocongridae is a group of small to moderately large eels found in the mid- to upper-continental slope of all oceans except the eastern and central Pacific. The taxonomy of this group is still poorly known, and many diagnostic characteristics have never been tested and verified. Museum specimens were examined, and data were taken by following methods provided in previous studies, as well as some newly introduced. A total of seven species are recorded for the only genus, Coloconger, including a new species described herein from the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. The diagnostic characters distinguishing species of Coloconger are discussed, comments are made on previous records, and a key to all known species is provided. Morphology of the post-metamorphic stage and transforming leptocephalus is also provided.

BOA0, BOA1, CONCALIS, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

Caesio xanthalytos, a new species of fusilier, closely related to Caesio caerulaurea Lacepède 1801, is described from several specimens from various localities on the east coast of Africa, and from southern Madagascar. While very similar in colour pattern to C. caerulaurea, its lateral line lies within a dominant, composite yellow stripe, whereas in C. caurulaurea the lateral line lies immediately below the yellow stripe. The two species also differ in the number of lateral-line scales, the modal number of pectoral-fin rays, in the form of the nuchal scale patch, and genetically. The new species has been observed to school with C. caerulaurea and with C. varilineata Carpenter 1987. The ranges of several species of Caesio and Pterocaesio and of Dipterygonotus balteatus and Gymnocaesio gymnoptera are extended to localities on the South African east coast.

ATIMO VATAE

Seven specimens (106- 180 mm in standard length) of the sand whiting Sillago caudicula Kaga, Imamura & Nakaya, 2010 previously known only from the type specimens from Oman, were collected from the southeast coast of Madagascar. Thesenew specimens represent the first record of the species from Madagascar and the southern hemisphere. Comparisons in meristic and morphometric characters with the four type specimens from Oman, as well as with the five other species in the subgenus Sillago, allowed their clear identification using the following combination of characters: small head (28.6-30.1% SL), 35-6 total vertebrae, fused or narrowly separated first and second hypurals, fused third and fourth hypurals, and 9-11 dusky spots on midline of body.

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

Four specimens of Kamoharaia megastoma (Kamohara, 1936) were collected during the Atimo Vatae expedition to the “Deep South” region of Madagascar for the exploration of fauna and flora, representing the first record of this species from the western Indian Ocean. Kamoharaia megastoma has been known to occur exclusively in the southeastern Indian and Western Pacific Oceans. Morphometric and meristic characters of these specimens are congruent with those described for K. megastoma. A description of the morphology and morphometrics are provided along with photographs. These records constitute a considerable range extension for the species.

ATIMO VATAE

A new species of scorpaenid fish, Ebosia vespertina sp. nov., is described on the basis of 19 specimens from off Mozambique, South Africa, and Madagascar, southwestern Indian Ocean. The new species is most similar to Ebosia falcata and Ebosia saya, known from the northern and eastern Indian Ocean and Saya de Malha Bank, respectively, in having usually 8 anal-fin soft rays, usually more than 17 pectoral-fin rays, and the elongated parietal spine in males narrow and strongly curved posterodorsally. However, E. vespertina can be distinguished from the two latter species by the following combination of characters: pectoral-fin rays 17–18 (modally 18); scale rows above the lateral line 4–6 (5); scale rows between the last dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 4–5 (5); scale rows between the sixth dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 4–5 (5); postorbital length 17.4–20.3 (mean 18.7) % of standard length (SL); longest pectoral-fin ray length 54.6–73.9 (65.1) % of SL; longest pelvic-fin soft ray length 32.4–44.0 (37.6) % of SL. The remaining congener, Ebosia bleekeri, known from the western Pacific Ocean, usually has 7 analfin soft rays and 16 pectoral-fin rays, and the elongated parietal spine in males relatively broad and not so strongly curved.

ATIMO VATAE

Neobythites is the largest known ophidiid genus with 52 valid species. It is commonly found on the lower part of the Continental Shelf and the upper part of the Continental Slope in the subtropical and tropical areas of all oceans, except for the East Atlantic Ocean. In 2010 a Neobythites specimen was caught off Madagascar. Twelve Neobythites species are known from the westernmost Indian Ocean (Nielsen, 1995), but the present specimen differs from them all, e.g., by the coloration of the dorsal and anal fins. Following the revision of the Indo-Pacific Neobythites species (Nielsen, 2002) it keys clearly out as N. bimarginatus Fourmanoir & Rivaton, 1979, known from New Caledonia and a few neighbouring islands.

ATIMO VATAE

The new serranid fish Chelidoperca cerasina is described on the basis of 13 specimens from the Coral Sea (off New Caledonia and eastern Australia), southwest Pacific Ocean, at depths of 245–338 m. The new species can be readily distinguished from all congeners by having the following combination of characters: an orange spot on pectoral-fin and caudal-fin bases; 4 scale rows between lateral line and base of spinous dorsal fin; cheek scales in 8 or 9 (modally 8) rows; tip of upper caudal-fin lobe elongated, slightly longer than lower lobe in specimens > ca. 100 mm; no longitudinal dark stripe or row of dark blotches laterally on body; interorbital scales extending beyond mid-orbit level, but not reaching anterior margin of orbit; scales on ventral surface of lower jaw restricted to angular, absent on dentary; pelvic fin short, tip not reaching anus when adpressed.

CHALCAL 2, EXBODI, KANADEEP, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 5

Identification of taxonomical units underpins most biological endeavours ranging from accurate biodiversity estimates to the effective management of sustainably harvested, protected or endangered species. Successful species identification is now frequently based on a combination of approaches including morphometrics and DNA markers. Sequencing of the mitochondrial COI gene is an established methodology with an international campaign directed at barcoding all fishes. We employed COI sequencing alongside traditional taxonomic identification methods and uncovered instances of deep intraspecific genetic divergences among flathead species. Sixty-five operational taxonomic units (OTUs) were observed across the Indo-West Pacific from just 48 currently recognized species. The most comprehensively sampled taxon, Platycephalus indicus, exhibited the highest levels of genetic diversity with eight lineages separated by up to 16.37% genetic distance. Our results clearly indicate a thorough reappraisal of the current taxonomy of P. indicus (and its three junior synonyms) is warranted in conjunction with detailed taxonomic work on the other additional Platycephalidae OTUs detected by DNA barcoding.

ATIMO VATAE

The bandfish family Cepolidae, comprising the subfamilies Owstoniinae and Cepolinae, is characterized, and defining characters of the three groups are identified and discussed. Characters of larvae of both subfamilies are described and illustrated. Six nominal genera of owstoniines had been proposed by various authors, but we recognize only Owstonia Tanaka. Utility of selected identification characters of the genus are discussed. Differences in lateral-line patterns have been the primary character used by some recent authors for recognition of two owstoniine genera, with Sphenanthias Weber possessing the plesiomorphic lateral-line condition. Several other patterns also occur in these fishes bringing into question the phylogenetic significance of lateral line plasticity. Sexual dimorphism in pelvic fin lengths is also present in several species. Identification keys, descriptions, synonymies, distribution maps and photographs or illustrations are provided for all Owstonia species for which adults are available. Although only 15 valid species were previously known, a remarkable hidden diversity of these fishes was discovered in major museum collections with the following 21 species here described as new: O. ainonaka (eastern Australia), O. contodon (Philippines), O. crassa (New Caledonia and Solomon Islands), O. dispar (Solomon Islands), O. elongata (New Caledonia and Vanuatu), O. fallax (eastern Australia and New Caledonia), O. geminata (Vanuatu and Philippines), O. hastata (eastern Australia), O. hawaiiensis (Hawaiian Islands); O. ignota (Mariana Islands), O. lepiota (Tanzania), O. melanoptera (Philippines), O. merensis (eastern Australia, Torres Strait), O. mundyi (Kiribati, Christmas Island), O. nalani (eastern Australia and New Caledonia), O. nudibucca (eastern Indian Ocean, Mentawai Islands and off Myanmar), O. psilos (Western Australia), O. raredonae (Mozambique), O. rhamma (Vanuatu), O. scottensis (Western Australia, Scott Reefs) and O. similis (Madagascar). Several specimens based on small juveniles, which we describe as Owstonia sp., appear to be additional new species but are not formally described as such.

BATHUS 1, CORINDON 2, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC

This study provides updated species definitions for the genus Laeops based on character states outlined in original descriptions and found in examined type and non-type specimens. Nine species are granted full species status. Three synonyms are proposed, L. kitaharae, L. sinusarabici and L. tungkongensis. Lectotypes for L. lanceolata, L. nigrescens, L. nigromaculatus, L. parviceps and L. pectoralis are designated. Information on diagnostic characters, morphometry, studied material and photographs of each species are presented. Distribution ranges of Laeops species are herein updated. An identification key for valid species of Laeops is provided.

EBISCO, LAGON, MIRIKY, SALOMONBOA 3

An analysis of lateral line system (LLS) morphology in 304 species (39% of those presently known) from 121 (92%) genera belonging to all 14 families of Pleuronectiformes is presented. The main feature of the LLS of flatfishes is bilateral asymmetry in the course of the cranial lateral line canals, but also in the reduction of canals or portions of canals, which occurs independently on the eyed and blind sides. The number of reductions is used to define two patterns for comparative analysis. A complete pattern is defined by the presence of all main canals, connected with each other, and the canaliculi that end in pores are usually highly branched. The reduced pattern is defined by the presence of more than two reductions. Each family is characterized by the occurrence of a complete pattern, a reduced pattern or both patterns. The combination of reductions varies considerably and characterizes taxa at the generic level. A reduced pattern appears independently several times and has a complex evolutionary history with reversals to a complete pattern. This study has shown that LLS characters are very informative for phylogeny and taxonomy and should be an important component of the description and revision of pleuronectiform taxa and their relationships.

CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 5, SANTO 2006, TARASOC

Previous molecular phylogenetic reconstructions have highlighted frequent convergences and iterations of external morphological characters during the evolution of crinoids. Classifications of extant and fossil crinoids based on these characters need to be thoroughly revised. This is particularly the case for the Isocrinida. We propose a new classification of this order based on molecular data and ontogenetic analysis of the derived characters displayed on ossicles and their articulations. The argument is strengthened by the discovery and description of a species belonging to a new genus (Panglaocrinus isseliformis gen. nov., sp. nov.) closely related to the genus Isselicrinus, which was abundant and widespread during the Late Cretaceous and Eocene. Extant Isocrinida appear to be divided into two major lineages that we interpret as two distinct families: Isocrinidae and Balanocrinidae. Isocrinidae are represented by the subfamily Metacrininae (genera Metacrinus and Saracrinus), while Balanocrinidae comprise four subfamilies: Balanocrininae (Neocrinus), Diplocrininae (Endoxocrinus and Teliocrinus), Isselicrininae (Panglaocrinus), and Proisocrininae (Proisocrinus). In the absence of molecular data, the genus Cenocrinus has not been attributed to any subfamily, but its close relationship to Balanocrinidae is suggested. Possible relationships between Mesozoic and modern taxa are discussed, although descriptions of arms in the palaeontological record are often important details.

KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMONBOA 3

Background: In Metazoa, mitochondrial markers are the most commonly used targets for inferring species-level molecular phylogenies due to their extremely low rate of recombination, maternal inheritance, ease of use and fast substitution rate in comparison to nuclear DNA. The mitochondrial control region (CR) is the main non-coding area of the mitochondrial genome and contains the mitochondrial origin of replication and transcription. While sequences of the cytochrome oxidase subunit 1 (COI) and 16S rRNA genes are the prime mitochondrial markers in phylogenetic studies, the highly variable CR is typically ignored and not targeted in such analyses. However, the higher substitution rate of the CR can be harnessed to infer the phylogeny of closely related species, and the use of a non-coding region alleviates biases resulting from both directional and purifying selection. Additionally, complete mitochondrial genome assemblies utilizing next generation sequencing (NGS) data often show exceptionally low coverage at specific regions, including the CR. This can only be resolved by targeted sequencing of this region. Results: Here we provide novel sequence data for the echinoid mitochondrial control region in over 40 species across the echinoid phylogenetic tree. We demonstrate the advantages of directly targeting the CR and adjacent tRNAs to facilitate complementing low coverage NGS data from complete mitochondrial genome assemblies. Finally, we test the performance of this region as a phylogenetic marker both in the lab and in phylogenetic analyses, and demonstrate its superior performance over the other available mitochondrial markers in echinoids. Conclusions: Our target region of the mitochondrial CR (1) facilitates the first thorough investigation of this region across a wide range of echinoid taxa, (2) provides a tool for complementing missing data in NGS experiments, and (3) identifies the CR as a powerful, novel marker for phylogenetic inference in echinoids due to its high variability, lack of selection, and high compatibility across the entire class, outperforming conventional mitochondrial markers.

ATIMO VATAE, MIRIKY

Imagery has become a key tool for assessing deep-sea megafaunal biodiversity, historically based on physical sampling using fishing gears. Image datasets provide quantitative and repeatable estimates, small-scale spatial patterns and habitat descriptions. However, taxon identification from images is challenging and often relies on morphotypes without considering a taxonomic framework. Taxon identification is particularly challenging in regions where the fauna is poorly known and/or highly diverse. Furthermore, the efficiency of imagery and physical sampling may vary among habitat types. Here, we compared biodiversity metrics (alpha and gamma diversity, composition) based on physical sampling (dredging and trawling) and towed-camera still images (1) along the upper continental slope of Papua New Guinea (sedimented slope with wood-falls, a canyon and cold seeps), and (2) on the outer slopes of the volcanic islands of Mayotte, dominated by hard bottoms. The comparison was done on selected taxa (Pisces, Crustacea, Echinoidea, and Asteroidea), which are good candidates for identification from images. Taxonomic identification ranks obtained for the images varied among these taxa (e.g., family/order for fishes, genus for echinoderms). At these ranks, imagery provided a higher taxonomic richness for hard-bottom and complex habitats, partially explained by the poor performance of trawling on these rough substrates. For the same reason, the gamma diversity of Pisces and Crustacea was also higher from images, but no difference was observed for echinoderms. On soft bottoms, physical sampling provided higher alpha and gamma diversity for fishes and crustaceans, but these differences tended to decrease for crustaceans identified to the species/morphospecies level from images. Physical sampling and imagery were selective against some taxa (e.g., according to size or behavior), therefore providing different facets of biodiversity. In addition, specimens collected at a larger scale facilitated megafauna identification from images. Based on this complementary approach, we propose a robust methodology for image-based faunal identification relying on a taxonomic framework, from collaborative work with taxonomists. An original outcome of this collaborative work is the creation of identification keys dedicated specifically to in situ images and which take into account the state of the taxonomic knowledge for the explored sites.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, Restricted, PAPUA NIUGINI

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 2, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

Since its foundation in 1793, type specimens of 441 asteroid species and subspecies have been deposited in the M­ uséum national d’Histoire naturelle of Paris. The annotated catalogue of all these taxa is drawn up including species whose type material could not be found in the collection. Today the Paris museum houses 1011 asteroid type specimens representing 398 nominal species and subspecies, most of which were described by Lamarck (1816), Müller & Troschel (1842), Perrier (between 1869 and 1896) and Koehler (between 1895 and 1923). Though originating worldwide, species coming from the Atlantic and Indo-West Pacific Oceans, and Antarctic waters are more numerous. A biographical directory of all those involved either in the descriptions of the species or the collection of new material as well as their dedicatee is annexed to the catalogue. Revision of the Paris collection allows to propose taxonomic changes for two species of Müller & Troschel (Echinaster crassus Müller & Troschel, 1842 and Echinaster gracilis Müller & Troschel, 1842 are synonymized with Echinaster purpureus (Gray, 1840)) and five species of Perrier (Asterias borbonica Perrier, 1875 and Echinaster clouei Perrier, 1869 are synonymized with Echinaster purpureus (Gray, 1840), Oreaster clouei Perrier, 1869 and Oreaster mammosus Perrier, 1869 with Protoreaster lincki (Blainville, 1830) and Ophidiaster chinensis Perrier, 1875 with Ophidiaster granifer Lütken, 1871).

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, CEAMARC-AA, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, Walters Shoal

ATIMO VATAE, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Modern goniasterids are the most numerous of living asteroids in terms of described genera and species and they have important ecological roles from shallow to deep-water marine habitats. Recent MNHN expeditions and historical collections in the USNM have resulted in the discovery of 18 new species, three new genera and multiple new occurrence records from the western Indian Ocean region including Madagascar, Glorioso and Mayotte islands, Walters Shoal, South Africa, and Somalia. This report provides the first significant contribution to knowledge of deep-sea Asteroidea from the Indian Ocean since the late 20th Century. Several deep-sea species, previously known from the North Pacific are now reported from the western Indian Ocean. Gut contents from Stellaster and Ogmaster indicate deposit feeding. Feeding modes of this and other deep-sea species are discussed. Comments are made on fossil members of included taxa. A checklist of Indian Ocean Goniasteridae is also included.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, Restricted, Restricted, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, Restricted, Restricted, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal

Mah, C.L. 2023. A new species of Astrosarkus from Western Australia including new Mesophotic occurrences of Indian Ocean Oreasteridae (Valvatida, Asteroidea). Memoirs of Museum Victoria 82: 143–165. Astrosarkus lu n. sp. (Oreasteridae, Valvatida; Asteroidea) is described in addition to new in situ observations.

ATIMO VATAE, MIRIKY

Sibogacrinus anomalus is a feather star species of which only one specimen was known until recently. It has been historically attributed to Atelecrinidae from which it was excluded and later reintroduced by C. Messing. A second specimen has recently been collected off Papua New Guinea. Here, we compare observations based on X-ray tomography for S. anomalus and eight specimens sampled from the genera Atelecrinus, Paratelecrinus and Adelatelecrinus. In addition to the external morphological characters from the literature, we describe the articulations between basals, radials and the centrodorsal, as well as characters of the axillary brachials. Another difference concerns the canals for the aboral nervous system within the radial. Comparison of these characters between Sibogacrinus anomalus and representatives of the genera Atelecrinus, Adelatelecrinus and Paratelecrinus suggests that Sibogacrinus does not belong to the family Atelecrinidae.

BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 2, KARUBENTHOS 2, MIRIKY, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2

The unusual bathyal comatulid crinoid genus Atelecrinus is widespread in the Atlantic and tropical Pacific Oceans and currently includes three recognized species. A re-assessment based on examination of new and existing specimens requires establishment of two new genera and five new species, and returns three junior synonyms to species-level status. Paratelecrinus is erected to accommodate Atelecrinus wyvilli PH Carpenter, A. conifer AH Clark, A. cubensis PH Carpenter, P. orthotriremis, new species, P. amenouzume new species, P. laticonulus new species and P. telo new species. Adelatelecrinus is erected to accommodate Atelecrinus sulcatus AH Clark and Adelatelecrinus vallatus new species. Atelecrinus retains A. balanoides PH Carpenter and A. helgae AH Clark, which restricts the genus to the Atlantic. In both Paratelecrinus and Adelatelecrinus, the basals articulate with the centrodorsal via ligament bundles anchored in deep ring-like interradial pits that project into the centrodorsal cavity, whereas in Atelecrinus the centrodorsal rim has shallow interradial concavities and attaches to the basals via a tight junction with no obvious ligament bundles. The spoon-shaped aboral fossa in the basals of Paratelecrinus appears to be unique among articulate crinoids and differs from the smooth fossa found in both Atelecrinus and Adelatelecrinus. New material extends the range of the family to the Indian Ocean. A few species are now known from enough specimens to identify some ontogenetic and distributional variations. Proximal ray morphology varies substantially with size in P. cubensis and P. orthotriremis. A. balanoides generally occurs in deeper water in the Lesser Antilles than in the Bahamas and Strait of Florida, while P. orthotriremis occurs in shallower water in the Lesser Antilles and deeper in the Bahamas.

BORDAU 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, MIRIKY, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2

There have been comparatively few large-scale studies on spatial genetic structure of bathyal sea floor fauna, despite the importance of these data to the successful management of the world's oceans.We use a comparative analysis of mitochondrial DNA from five bathyal (200–3500m) species of brittle-stars (Ophiuroidea) to assess phylogeographic structure along an extensive (8000km) longitudinal gradient at temperate latitudes (28–561S) from south-west Australia(113°E) to seamounts east of New Zealand (175°W). We found no evidence of a genetic discontinuity between Australia and New Zealand,either across the temperate Tasman Sea or across the Southern Ocean between the South Tasman Rise and the Macquarie Ridge. However, there were latitudinal phylogeographical breaks between tropical, temperate and polar regions; longitudinal breaks across the eastern Indian Ocean; and a bathymetric break at approximately 1700m. Although there was limited regional structure in the frequency of haplotype distributions within the major clades, and no clade appeared to be strictly panmictic, the regional structure in general was not concordant with a simple isolation-by-distance model. Demographic structure varied with three clades having a simplified haplotype network, low effective population sizes and no evidence of significant population expansion, and two clades having a high diversity of haplotypes, relatively high effective population sizes and signs of recent population expansion. These results are discussed with respect to putative dispersal strategies. We hypothesise that the ‘brooding’ species produce both brooded young and pelagic larvae, allowing for both the maintenance of local populations and long-distance dispersal.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, SANTO 2006

The power and throughput of next-generation sequencing is instigating a major transformation in our understanding of evolution and classification of life on our planet. The new trees of life are robust and comprehensive. Here we provide a landmark phylogeny of the living ophiuroids and use it as the basis for a major revision of the higher classification of this class of marine invertebrates. We used an exoncapture system to generate a 1484 exon (273 kbp) data-matrix from DNA extracted from ethanolpreserved museum samples. We successfully obtained an average of 90% of our target sequence from 576 species spread across the known taxonomic diversity. The topology of the major lineages was robust to taxon sampling, exon-sampling, models and methods. However, estimates of node age were much less precise, varying by about a quarter of mean age. We used a combination of phylogenetic distinctiveness and temporal-banding to guide our revision of the family-level classification. Empirically, we determined that limiting family crown age to 110 ± 10 Ma (mid Cretaceous) selected phylogenetically distinct nodes while minimising disruption to the existing taxonomy. The resulting scheme of 32 families and six orders considerably expands the number of higher taxa. The families are generally longitudinally widespread across the world’s oceans, although 17 are largely confined to temperate and equatorial latitudes and six to relatively shallow water (less than 1000 m depth).

ATIMO VATAE, BICOSE, BIOPAPUA, CEAMARC-AA, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 7, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2000

The genus Asteromorpha Lütken (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Euryalidae: Euryalinae) is revised based on 52 specimens, including six syntypes of Asteromorpha steenstrupi, one syntype of Asteromorpha perplexum (Koehler), one syntype of Asteromorpha koehleri (Döderlein) and the holotype of Astroschema capensis Mortensen. We propose a new combination of Asteroschema capense (Euryalidae: Asteroschematinae) with the genus Asteromorpha. Consequently Asteromorpha includes four species: A. capensis, A. koehleri, A. rousseaui, and A. tenax. These four species are all redescribed. A taxonomic key to the species of the genus Asteromorpha is also provided.

MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY

A revision of the genus Asterostegus Mortensen, 1933 (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea: Euryalidae) is based on seven specimens, including the holotype of Asterostegus maini McKnight, 2003. A new species, Asterostegus sabineae sp. Nov., is described from off Reunion Island and two other species, A. tuberculatus Mortensen, 1933 and A. maini, are redescribed. A tabular key to the three species of the genus Asterostegus is provided. Some terminology of the taxonomy of euryalid ophiuroids is revised.

ATIMO VATAE

The extant crinoid fauna results from more than 485 Myr of evolution (from Early Ordovician). Detailed morphological studies on extant crinoids document large intraspecific variations, strong changes through ontogeny with various mosaics of heterochronic development, and adaptive characters which depend on environment, mainly hydrodynamics and food supply. The importance of paedomorphy and morphological convergences (homoplasies) in crinoid evolution is confirmed by studies using DNA markers, and makes difficult the use of cladistic methods of phylogenetic reconstructions. Many clades of extant crinoids based on external skeleton morphology are polyphyletic. Using the hyocrinids and a recent extensive molecular phylogeny of the extant crinoids, we show that the molecular approach, when coupled with detailed ontogenetic analyses on a large sample of specimens and taxa, may help understand the evolutionnary trends within a given group of organisms. Purely molecular or phenotypic analyses produce contrasting results because these analyses work at scales that are separated by a strong gap. We propose a deep reappraisal of the relationships between extant and fossil taxa using the concept of onto phylogeny which rejects the classical separation between ontogeny and phylogeny and argues that natural selection acts at every level of integration of the organism from DNA, cells, tissues, to the individuals and populations.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 2, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

The 2009 expedition with the research vessel Miriky sampled the sublittoral and bathyal waters of the northern Mozambique Channel. This exploration campaign resulted in a small, but very diverse collection of holothuroids comprising 174 specimens representing 31 species, 18 genera, 10 families and 5 orders. Of these species, many were hitherto unknown for Madagascar or even for the Indian Ocean, and six, Bathyplotes aymeric sp. nov., Holothuria (Cystipus) yann sp. nov., Holothuria (Stauropora) bo sp. nov., Holothuria (Metriatyla) alex sp. nov., Holothuria (Theelothuria) cyrielle sp.nov., Molpadia thandari sp. nov., are new to science. Molpadia lenticulum (Cherbonnier & Féral, 1981) is a new combination. This contribution provides an illustrated and annotated overview of the poorly known, highly biodiverse, sublittoral and bathyal sea cucumber fauna of the northern Mozambique Channel. Our findings demonstrate how ignorant we are about the poorly explored habitats of our planet and therefore stress the urgent need for more explorations to such regions.

MIRIKY

Delineating biogeographical regions can provide important insights into the processes shaping large‐scale species distribution patterns. Here we aimed to 1) identify global marine benthic biogeographical regions for ophiuroids extending from shallow waters to the deep sea and 2) quantify the importance of contemporary environmental conditions and geological features in shaping the delineated biogeographical regions. We delineated marine benthic biogeographical regions using a bipartite network analysis applied to a historical dataset of brittle stars. We then examined the faunal exchanges between the regions, and applied random forest models to evaluate the relative role of contemporary environmental conditions and tectonic configuration underlying the proposed biogeographic scheme. We propose ten main large biogeographical regions across the benthos. The biogeographical regions with the highest species richness and endemicity rates were found in the Indo‐Pacific region, Tropical West Atlantic and Southern Ocean, and South America. The key transition regions fall within the subarctic areas of the Pacific and the waters surrounding Southern Australia and New Zealand. Tectonic configuration, surface temperature and salinity were found to be the most important predictors of the ten delineated biogeographical regions. Our biogeographic delineation, including the deep sea, is in partial agreement with those proposed in previous studies. Our results suggest that contemporary environmental conditions (sea water temperature and salinity) strongly influence the modern distribution of ophiuroids, but that plate tectonics left a marked imprint on regional species pools. Future work based on multiple benthic taxa, and with a better understanding of the environmental conditions in the deep sea, are needed to evaluate the robustness of our proposed division.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, LAGON, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, Walters Shoal

Restricted, ANT-XXIX_3, ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, BENTHAUS, Restricted, BIOCAL, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, Restricted, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 2, Restricted, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KANADEEP 2, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MD42 (SIBEX), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, Restricted, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, Restricted, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SPANBIOS, TAIWAN 2000, Restricted, TARASOC, Restricted, Walters Shoal, ZhongSha 2015

The present report provides new records, taxonomic notes, descriptions and redescriptions of several species of lesser-known thecate hydroids. Five species belong to the family Sertularellidae Maronna et al., 2016, one to the Syntheciidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890, and one to the Aglaopheniidae Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890. Type material of Sertularella conica Allman, 1877 was re-examined, and a modern redescription is provided, together with notes on its problematic synonymy that now includes S. gayi unituba Calder, 1991. Fertile specimens of S. inconstans Billard, 1919 are rediscovered, and its synonymy is broadened through the inclusion of S. natalensis Millard, 1968. A new species, S. malagasiensis sp. nov., is described from the south of Madagascar. Sertularia exigua/laxa Allman, 1888, a hydroid assignable to the genus Sertularella Gray, 1848, is found to have both primary and secondary homonyms; its taxonomy is discussed, and the replacement name S. mutatnomen nom. nov. is introduced for it. Sertularella pellucida Jäderholm, 1907 is recorded for the first time from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, outside its previously-known main area of occurrence, in the Arctic Ocean. The sexually-dimorphic gonothecae of Synthecium brucei Vervoort & Watson, 2003 are described for the first time. Halicornaria setosa Armstrong, 1879 is rediscovered in material from the Red Sea, and the binomen is removed from the synonymy of Taxella eximia Allman, 1874, while transferring it to the genus Taxella Allman, 1874, as T. setosa comb. nov., on the account of its gonothecae not protected by phylactocarps.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 3

Imagery has become a key tool for assessing deep-sea megafaunal biodiversity, historically based on physical sampling using fishing gears. Image datasets provide quantitative and repeatable estimates, small-scale spatial patterns and habitat descriptions. However, taxon identification from images is challenging and often relies on morphotypes without considering a taxonomic framework. Taxon identification is particularly challenging in regions where the fauna is poorly known and/or highly diverse. Furthermore, the efficiency of imagery and physical sampling may vary among habitat types. Here, we compared biodiversity metrics (alpha and gamma diversity, composition) based on physical sampling (dredging and trawling) and towed-camera still images (1) along the upper continental slope of Papua New Guinea (sedimented slope with wood-falls, a canyon and cold seeps), and (2) on the outer slopes of the volcanic islands of Mayotte, dominated by hard bottoms. The comparison was done on selected taxa (Pisces, Crustacea, Echinoidea, and Asteroidea), which are good candidates for identification from images. Taxonomic identification ranks obtained for the images varied among these taxa (e.g., family/order for fishes, genus for echinoderms). At these ranks, imagery provided a higher taxonomic richness for hard-bottom and complex habitats, partially explained by the poor performance of trawling on these rough substrates. For the same reason, the gamma diversity of Pisces and Crustacea was also higher from images, but no difference was observed for echinoderms. On soft bottoms, physical sampling provided higher alpha and gamma diversity for fishes and crustaceans, but these differences tended to decrease for crustaceans identified to the species/morphospecies level from images. Physical sampling and imagery were selective against some taxa (e.g., according to size or behavior), therefore providing different facets of biodiversity. In addition, specimens collected at a larger scale facilitated megafauna identification from images. Based on this complementary approach, we propose a robust methodology for image-based faunal identification relying on a taxonomic framework, from collaborative work with taxonomists. An original outcome of this collaborative work is the creation of identification keys dedicated specifically to in situ images and which take into account the state of the taxonomic knowledge for the explored sites.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, Restricted, PAPUA NIUGINI

For many years an undescribed species of the genus Bathypathes has been misidentified as Bathypathes alternata Brook, 1889 (a species currently re-assigned to the genus Alternatipathes). This new species is rather common at mid- and lower bathyal depths of the Pacific, Atlantic and Indian oceans, often in areas with high concentrations of commercially valuable cobalt-rich ferromanganese crusts, where it was observed in underwater photo and video transects to occur in high densities. Under the name B. alternata this species is recorded in several inventories and databases. There is an urgent need for a formal description of this misidentified and widely distributed species to avoid further confusion. The new species is superficially similar to A. alternata in having a monopodial corallum and simple, bilateral and alternately arranged pinnules. However, it differs from the former in that it has an upright corallum with a straight pinnulated part (vs. a horizontally bent pinnulated part), pinnules of uniform length and density (vs. decreasing regularly distally), and a constant distal angle formed by the pinnules and the stem along different parts of the corallum (vs. a decreasing distal angle near the top). The new species can therefore be easily distinguished from A. alternata in underwater imagery. We formally describe this new species in the genus Bathypathes and assign it the new name B. pseudoalternata. An extensive synonymy list with previous misidentified records is provided. To evaluate the distributional patterns of the new species we review the geographic distribution of antipatharians reported below 800 m. The majority of the hitherto described lower bathyal and abyssal species have been recorded from one biogeographic province; however, 20 species are known from more than two provinces, and only three species are widely distributed (>5 provinces), including the newly described Bathypathes pseudoalternata. Members of the family Schizopathidae, to which the new species belongs, represent the majority of the lower bathyal (50.54%) and abyssal (82.35%) species.

Restricted, MIRIKY, SALOMON 2, Restricted, Restricted

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TERRASSES

Introduction Host-parasite associations provide very useful models to study adaptive processes. We investigated the interaction between carnivorous marine gastropods, the Ovulidae or egg-cowries, and their cnidarian food targets. Ovulidae (Fleming, 1828), is a family of specialized carnivorous caenogastropods that feed by browsing on octocorals (Anthozoa: Octocorallia: Malacalcyonacea and Scleralcyonacea) or, to a much lesser degree, on antipatharians (Anthozoa: Hexacorallia: Antipatharia) and Stylasteridae (Hydrozoa: Hydroidolina: Anthoathecata). Very scanty information is available on the phylogenetic relationships and the degree of specificity of the relationship with the cnidarians of this corallivorous lineage, especially for deep-water taxa. Methods To assess taxonomic identifications and investigate cnidarian/ovulid relationships in the context of their evolution, we generated an extensive molecular dataset comprising two mitochondrial ( cox1 and 16S rDNA ) and one nuclear gene ( 28S rDNA ) from 524 specimens collected worldwide. The coral hosts of the ovulid species have been identified by integrating literature data with new records, employing morphological and/or molecular (the mitochondrial 16S rDNA and mtMSH , and the nuclear ITS2) markers. Results We obtained a molecular phylogenetic framework for the Ovulidae, time-calibrated with nine reliable fossil records. An ancestral state reconstruction allowed to identify Hexacorallia or Hydroidolina as the most likely ancestral cnidarian host for the Ovulidae. Discussion Our phylogenetic hypothesis revealed the existence of groups that do not completely correspond to the currently employed subfamilial arrangement. Concerning trophic ecology, while only pediculariines ( Pedicularia and allied) are associated with hydrozoans (Stylasteridae), our results suggest that some ovulid lineages shifted independently between octocorals and hexacorals.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOMAGLO, CORSICABENTHOS 1, CORSICABENTHOS 2, CORSICABENTHOS 3, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SPANBIOS, ZhongSha 2015

The systematics of bamboo corals of the Family Keratoisididae are evaluated using both DNA sequences and morphological data. Sequence data were obtained from 398 specimens, from which 77 unique haplotypes representing the mtMutS and 18S gene regions were identified. These were aligned with sequences downloaded from GenBank from an additional 12 keratoisids and 6 octocoral outgroups. Phylogenetic analyses recovered seven well-supported major clades, the most recently derived of which consists of several subclades. Each clade and subclade can be characterized by a suite of morphological characters that include axis construction, branching pattern, polyp form, and sclerite type and arrangement. This analysis also shows that keratoisid genera described >100 years ago are paraphyletic and need revision and that a large number of new genera will need to be described.

BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EXBODI, MAINBAZA, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TERRASSES, VOLSMAR

Species delimitation in poorly known and diverse taxa is usually performed based on monolocus, DNA-­barcoding-­like approaches, while multilocus data are often used to test alternative species hypotheses in well-­studied groups. We combined both approaches to delimit species in the Xenuroturris/Iotyrris complex, a group of venomous marine gastropods from the Indo-P­ acific. First, COI sequences were analysed using three methods of species delimitation to propose primary species hypotheses. Second, RAD sequencing data were also obtained and a maximum-l­ikelihood phylogenetic tree produced. We tested the impact of the level of missing data on the robustness of the phylogenetic tree obtained with the RAD-­seq data. Alternative species partitions revealed with the COI data set were also tested using the RAD-­seq data and the Bayes factor species delimitation method. The congruence between the species hypotheses proposed with the mitochondrial nuclear data sets, together with the morphological variability of the shell and the radula and the distribution pattern, was used to turn the primary species hypotheses into secondary species hypotheses. Allopatric primary species hypotheses defined with the COI gene were interpreted to correspond to intraspecific structure. Most of the species are found sympatrically in the Philippines, and only one is confidently identified as a new species and described as Iotyrris conotaxis n. sp. The results obtained demonstrate the efficiency of the combined monolocus/multilocus approach to delimit species.

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, MAINBAZA, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

Transcriptome-based exon capture methods provide an approach to recover several hundred markers from genomic DNA, allowing for robust phylogenetic estimation at deep timescales. We applied this method to a highly diverse group of venomous marine snails, Conoidea, for which published phylogenetic trees remain mostly unresolved for the deeper nodes. We targeted 850 protein coding genes (678,322 bp) in ca. 120 samples, spanning all (except one) known families of Conoidea and a broad selection of non-Conoidea neogastropods. The capture was successful for most samples, although capture efficiency decreased when DNA libraries were of insufficient quality and/or quantity (dried samples or low starting DNA concentration) and when targeting the most divergent lineages. An average of 75.4% of proteins was recovered, and the resulting tree, reconstructed using both supermatrix (IQ-tree) and supertree (Astral-II, combined with the Weighted Statistical Binning method) approaches, are almost fully supported. A reconstructed fossil-calibrated tree dates the origin of Conoidea to the Lower Cretaceous. We provide descriptions for two new families. The phylogeny revealed in this study provides a robust framework to reinterpret changes in Conoidea anatomy through time. Finally, we used the phylogeny to test the impact of the venom gland and radular type on diversification rates. Our analyses revealed that repeated losses of the venom gland had no effect on diversification rates, while families with a breadth of radula types showed increases in diversification rates, thus suggesting that trophic ecology may have an impact on the evolution of Conoidea.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CEAMARC-AA, CONCALIS, Restricted, DongSha 2014, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, SALOMONBOA 3, TAIWAN 2013, TERRASSES, Restricted

Five new species of Bolma are described, three from New Caledonia, one from Mozambique and one from French Polynesia, all from deep reef (75-155 m) to bathyal (230-580 m) depths. Four of the new species have been sequenced, and their holotypes are also voucher specimens for COl sequences, thus contributing to a new generation of name-bealing types. The descriptions and names are provided in advance of a forthcoming shell-based revision of the genus Bolma, and in advance of a detailed molecular- and morphology-based study of Bolma in New Caledonian waters.

EBISCO, HALICAL 1, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, TARASOC

Phanerophthalmus is a genus of Indo-West Pacific sea slugs inhabiting seagrass and coral reefs with up to now seven species currently recognised as valid. The goals of this study are to revise the systematics of Phanerophthalmus, infer its phylogeny and patterns of diversity, as well as study its diet. Morphology was combined with molecular phylogenetics based on two mitochondrial (cytochrome c oxidase subunit I, 16S rRNA) and one nuclear (28S rRNA) genes. Molecular species delimitation methods (ABGD, DISSECT) were employed to aid delimiting species. Diet was assessed by gut content analysis. Seventeen species were recognised, 10 of them new to science (P. albotriangulatum, sp. nov., P. anettae, sp. nov., P. batangas, sp. nov., P. boucheti, sp. nov., P. cerverai, sp. nov., P. lentigines, sp. nov., P. paulayi, sp. nov., P. purpura, sp. nov., P. rudmani, sp. nov., P. tibiricae, sp. nov.). Phanerophthalmus has its highest diversity in the Western Pacific where 13 species occur with a peak in the Coral Triangle (11 species; three only known from here). Diversity decreases towards the Central Pacific with five species and Indian Ocean/Red Sea with four species. Only two species are distributed across the Indo-West Pacific. Preliminary gut content analysis suggests these slugs feed on diatoms.

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004

During a recent expedition to Mozambique, several specimens attributed to the genus Fusivoluta von Martens, 1902 were collected between 1100 and 1820 m deep. Among them, a new species has been found and is here described and compared with the other East African Fusivoluta. Several livecollected specimens, belonging to the newly described species and to Fusivoluta clarkei Rehder, 1969 were sequenced for a nuclear gene (28S), revealing fixed differences between the two species.

MAINBAZA

To re-evaluate the relationships of the major bivalve lineages, we amassed detailed morpho-anatomical, ultrastructural and molecular sequence data for a targeted selection of exemplar bivalves spanning the phylogenetic diversity of the class. We included molecular data for 103 bivalve species (up to five markers) and also analysed a subset of taxa with four additional nuclear protein-encoding genes. Novel as well as historically employed morphological characters were explored, and we systematically disassembled widely used descriptors such as gill and stomach ‘types’. Phylogenetic analyses, conducted using parsimony direct optimisation and probabilistic methods on static alignments (maximum likelihood and Bayesian inference) of the molecular data, both alone and in combination with morphological characters, offer a robust test of bivalve relationships. A calibrated phylogeny also provided insights into the tempo of bivalve evolution. Finally, an analysis of the informativeness of morphological characters showed that sperm ultrastructure characters are among the best morphological features to diagnose bivalve clades, followed by characters of the shell, including its microstructure. Our study found support for monophyly of most broadly recognised higher bivalve taxa, although support was not uniform for Protobranchia. However, monophyly of the bivalves with protobranchiate gills was the best-supported hypothesis with incremental morphological and/or molecular sequence data. Autobranchia, Pteriomorphia, Heteroconchia, Palaeoheterodonta, Archiheterodonta, Euheterodonta, Anomalodesmata and Imparidentia new clade ( = Euheterodonta excluding Anomalodesmata) were recovered across analyses, irrespective of data treatment or analytical framework. Another clade supported by our analyses but not formally recognised in the literature includes Palaeoheterodonta and Archiheterodonta, which emerged under multiple analytical conditions. The origin and diversification of each of these major clades is Cambrian or Ordovician, except for Archiheterodonta, which diverged from Palaeoheterodonta during the Cambrian, but diversified during the Mesozoic. Although the radiation of some lineages was shifted towards the Palaeozoic (Pteriomorphia, Anomalodesmata), or presented a gap between origin and diversification (Archiheterodonta, Unionida), Imparidentia showed steady diversification through the Palaeozoic and Mesozoic. Finally, a classification system with six major monophyletic lineages is proposed to comprise modern Bivalvia: Protobranchia, Pteriomorphia, Palaeoheterodonta, Archiheterodonta, Anomalodesmata and Imparidentia.

MAINBAZA

The Terebridae are a diverse family of tropical and subtropical marine, gastropods that use a complex and modular venom apparatus to produce toxins that capture polychaete and enteropneust preys. The complexity of the terebrid venom apparatus suggests that venom apparatus development in the Terebridae could be linked to the diversification of the group and can be analyzed within a molecular phylogenetic scaffold to better understand terebrid evolution. Presented here is a molecular phylogeny of 89 terebrid species belonging to 12 of the 15 currently accepted genera, based on Bayesian inference and Maximum Likelihood analyses of amplicons of 3 mitochondrial (COI, 165 and 12S) and one nuclear (28S) genes. The evolution of the anatomy of the terebrid venom apparatus was assessed by mapping traits of six related characters: proboscis, venom gland, odontophore, accessory proboscis structure, radula, and salivary glands. A novel result concerning terebrid phylogeny was the discovery of a previously unrecognized lineage, which includes species of Euterebra and Duplicaria. The non-monophyly of most terebrid genera analyzed indicates that the current genus-level classification of the group is plagued with homoplasy and requires further taxonomic investigations. Foregut anatomy in the family Terebridae reveals an inordinate diversity of features that covers the range of variability within the entire superfamily Conoidea, and that hypodermic radulae have likely evolved independently on at least three occasions. These findings illustrate that terebrid venom apparatus evolution is not perfunctory, and involves independent and numerous changes of central features in the foregut anatomy. The multiple emergence of hypodermic marginal radular teeth in terebrids are presumably associated with variable functionalities, suggesting that terebrids have adapted to dietary changes that may have resulted from predator-prey relationships. The anatomical and phylogenetic results presented serve as a starting point to advance investigations about the role of predator-prey interactions in the diversification of the Terebridae and the impact on their peptide toxins, which are promising bioactive compounds for biomedical research and therapeutic drug development. (c) 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

ATIMO VATAE, BOA1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, Restricted, TARASOC, TERRASSES

Characterizing speciation processes in the sea remains a highly contentious issue because geographic barriers to gene exchange, which are the initial conditions for the allopatric speciation model, are not obvious. Moreover, many benthic marine organisms have long-lived planktonic larvae that allow them to connect distant patches of habitats. We here analyse the pattern of speciation in the gastropod genus Bursa in which all species have long-lived and planktonic-feeding larvae. We use a large taxonomic and ecologic coverage of Bursidae from the Indo-Pacific. We use an integrative approach to taxonomy to give more support to available taxonomic hypotheses. This analysis revealed cryptic lineages and suggest that a taxonomic revision of the family should be performed. A molecular clock calibrated from the fossil record was used to estimate divergence times. We then focus on the three co-existing species living in the deep waters of New Caledonia. Over the wide sampled area, no genetic structure was detected for the three species. We show that among New Caledonia species, Bursa fijiensis and Bursa quirihorai are reciprocally monophyletic. These two species are the two more closely related species in the inferred phylogeny. The present biogeographic ranges of the two species and the estimated time of divergence make the scenario of geographic isolation followed by secondary contact unlikely.

AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, TERRASSES

In shelled molluscs, assigning valid species names to independent evolutionary lineages can be a difficult task. Most original descriptions are based on empty shells and the high levels of variation in shape, color and pattern in some groups can make the shell a poor proxy for species-level identification. The deep-sea gastropod turbinid genus Bolma is one such example, where species-level identification based on shell characters alone is challenging. Here, we show that in Bolma both traditional and molecular taxonomic treatments are associated with a number of pitfalls that can lead to biased inferences about species diversity. Challenges derive from the few phylogenetically informative characters of shells, insufficient information provided in original descriptions and sampling artefacts, which at the molecular level in spatially fragmented organisms can blur distinctions between genetically divergent populations and separate species. Based on a comprehensive dataset combining molecular, morphological and distributional data, this study identified several cases of shell-morphological plasticity and convergence. Results also suggest that what was thought to be a set of distinct, range-restricted species corresponds instead to a smaller number of more widespread species. Overall, using an appropriate sampling design, including type localities, allowed us to assign available names to evolutionarily significant units.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TAIWAN 2004, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE

Abstract Whelks in the sister-genera Enigmaticolus and Thermosipho (Gastropoda: Buccinidae) commonly inhabit deep-water hydrothermal vents and hydrocarbon seeps. Thermosipho desbruyeresi, originally described from the Lau Basin, was thought to occur in vents across the western Pacific, with Eosipho desbruyeresi nipponensis described from the Okinawa Trough treated as its junior synonym. However, new material collected from vents in the Okinawa Trough and seeps in the South China Sea exhibit key characteristics of Enigmaticolus. Re-examination of the types revealed that Eosipho d. nipponensis is actually morphologically distinct from Thermosipho desbruyeresi. A molecular phylogeny reconstructed using the cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (COI) gene confirmed the placement of both taxa in Enigmaticolus and supported their distinctiveness at the species level. We, therefore, rehabilitate E. d. nipponensis as Enigmaticolus nipponensis comb. nov. and transfer T. desbruyeresi to the same genus, as Enigmaticolus desbruyeresi comb. nov. Our results also revealed that Enigmaticolus monnieri described from east Africa and E. inflatus described from the South China Sea are in fact conspecific with E. nipponensis. We discuss the distribution and biogeography, as well as morphological variability, of Enigmaticolus in the light of these new findings. Thermosipho is then left with only its type species, T. auzendei from the East Pacific vents. We have revised the diagnosis for the two genera, as well as the species included in them.

AURORA 2007, Restricted, EBISCO, MIRIKY

The validity of the muricid subfamily Ergalataxinae has recently been confirmed with molecular data, but its composition and the relationships among its constituent genera remain unclear. In order to investigate this, we use four genes (28S rRNA, 12S rRNA, 16S rRNA and cytochrome c oxidase subunit I) to construct a Bayesian phylogeny of 52 ergalataxine species in 18 genera, representing c. 40 of the currently accepted species and 86 of the genera. This is the most complete phylogeny of this taxonomically confusing subfamily yet produced. Our results indicate the polyphyly of many traditional genera, including Morula, Pascula and Orania. In order to improve the correspondence between classification and phylogeny, we restrict the definition of Morula, resurrect Tenguella and elevate Oppomorus to full genus, but describe no new genera. Several species in this analysis could not be identified and may be new, but we do not describe them. Further molecular and morphological analyses, in the context of this framework, should help to resolve the remaining ambiguities in the classification of this subfamily. The oldest fossil member of the Ergalataxinae known to us is of Early Oligocene age.

AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

The deep sea of temperate south-eastern Australia appears to be a ‘hotspot’ for diversity and endemism of conoidean neogastropods of the family Raphitomidae. Following a series of expeditions in the region, a considerable amount of relevant DNA-suitable material has become available. A molecular phylogeny based on this material has facilitated the identification of diagnostic morphological characters, allowing the circumscription of monophyletic genera and the introduction of several new genus-level taxa. Both named and new genera are presently being investigated through integrative taxonomy, with the discovery of a significant number of undescribed species. As part of this ongoing investigation, our study focuses on the genera Famelica Bouchet & Warén, 1980, Glaciotomella Criscione, Hallan, Fedosov & Puillandre, 2020 and Rimosodaphnella Cossmann, 1914. We subjected a comprehensive mitochondrial DNA dataset of representative deep-sea raphitomids to the species delimitation methods ABGD and ASAP that recognised 18 and 15 primary species hypotheses (PSHs) respectively. Following additional evaluation of shell and radular features, and examination of geographic and bathymetric ranges, nine of these PSHs were converted to secondary species hypotheses (SSHs). Four SSHs (two in Famelica and two in Rimosodaphnella) were recognised as new, and formal descriptions are provided herein.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EXBODI, KANACONO, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TARASOC, ZhongSha 2015

Fissurellidae are marine gastropods with a worldwide distribution and a rich fossil record. We integrate molecular, geographical and fossil data to reconstruct the fissurellid phylogeny, estimate divergence times and investigate historical routes of oceanic dispersal. With five molecular markers for 143 terminals representing 27 genera, we resolve deep nodes and find that many genera (e.g., Emarginula, Diodora, Fissurella) are not monophyletic and need systematic revision. Several genera classified as Emarginulinae are recovered in Zeidorinae. Future work should prioritize emarginuline genera to improve understanding of ancestral traits and the early evolution of fissurellids. Tree calibration with the fossilized birth-death model indicates that crown fissurellids originated around 175 Ma, and generally resulted in younger ages for the earliest nodes than the node dating approach. Model-based biogeographic reconstruction, supported by fossils, infers an Indo-West Pacific origin, with a westward colonization of new oceans via the Tethys Seaway upon the breakup of Pangea. Western Atlantic clades then served as source for dispersal towards other parts of the globe. As the sister group to all other fissurellids, Rimula is ranked in its own subfamily, Rimulinae stat. nov. New synonyms: Hemitominae syn. nov. of Zeidorinae stat. nov.; Cranopsis syn. nov. of Puncturella; Variegemarginula syn. nov. of Montfortula.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, CEAMARC-AA, CONCALIS, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TARASOC

Fissurellidae are marine gastropods with a worldwide distribution and a rich fossil record. We integrate molecular, geographical and fossil data to reconstruct the fissurellid phylogeny, estimate divergence times and investigate historical routes of oceanic dispersal. With five molecular markers for 143 terminals representing 27 genera, we resolve deep nodes and find that many genera (e.g., Emarginula, Diodora, Fissurella) are not monophyletic and need systematic revision. Several genera classified as Emarginulinae are recovered in Zeidorinae. Future work should prioritize emarginuline genera to improve understanding of ancestral traits and the early evolution of fissurellids. Tree calibration with the fossilized birth-death model indicates that crown fissurellids originated around 175 Ma, and generally resulted in younger ages for the earliest nodes than the node dating approach. Model-based biogeographic reconstruction, supported by fossils, infers an Indo-West Pacific origin, with a westward colonization of new oceans via the Tethys Seaway upon the breakup of Pangea. Western Atlantic clades then served as source for dispersal towards other parts of the globe. As the sister group to all other fissurellids, Rimula is ranked in its own subfamily, Rimulinae stat. nov. New synonyms: Hemitominae syn. nov. of Zeidorinae stat. nov.; Cranopsis syn. nov. of Puncturella; Variegemarginula syn. nov. of Montfortula.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, CEAMARC-AA, CONCALIS, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TARASOC

The neogastropod family Columbellidae is a highly successful group of small, primarily epibenthic marine snails distributed worldwide and most abundant in the tropics. The great diversity of the group makes them attractive for studying evolutionary shifts in gastropod anatomy, morphology, ecology and diversity. The existing classification of the family has been based to a large degree on the morphology of the shell and radula. Indeed, membership in the family is traditionally confirmed using the unique morphology of the radula. To reconstruct columbellid phylogeny and assess monophyly of the group, we assembled a multilocus dataset including five mitochondrial and nuclear genes, for 70 species in 31 genera. Phylogenetic analyses using Bayesian inference and maximum likelihood are not well enough resolved to support a subfamilial classification, but do support the monophyly of the family and of several well-defined genera and supra-generic groupings. Two of the most diverse nominal genera, Mitrella and Anachis, are supported as highly polyphyletic. Overall, the resulting topologies indicate that the generic and subfamilial classification is in need of extensive revision but that phylogenomic data are needed to resolve columbellid relationships.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

Investigation of the types of Columbella albina Kiener, 1841 indicate that this species is a junior synonym of Graphicomassa ligula (Duclos, 1840), leaving the species typically identified as Graphicomassa albina (Kiener, 1841) without a name. The species is quite variable and has inspired a number of synonyms over the years; the oldest of these, Colombella adiostina Duclos, 1840, now becomes the basis for the valid name for this species. In this paper, Graphicomassa ligula and G. adiostina n. comb. are both discussed comparatively.

INHACA 2011, PAPUA NIUGINI

ATIMO VATAE

Twenty-five species of Pectinoidea (24 Propeamussiidae, 1 Cyclochlamydidae) are herein listed from the Mozambique Channel, northwestern and southern Madagascar, and northeastern South Africa. New species: Propeamussium rosadoi, Parvamussium catillus, Parvamussium kilburni, Parvamussium puillandrei, Parvamussium strongae, Cyclopecten cassiculus, Cyclopecten kantori, Cyclochlamys bacachorda. New synonym: Amussium sewelli Knudsen, 1967 = Propeamussium watsoni (E.A. Smith, 1885). New records for the Mozambique Channel and northwestern Madagascar: Propeamussium andamanicum, Propeamussium arabicum, Propeamussium caducum, Propeamussium jeffreysii, Propeamussium sibogai, Propeamussium watsoni, Parvamussium formosum, Parvamussium scitulum, Parvamussium torresi, Parvamussium vesiculatum, Cyclopecten kapalae, Similipecten eous. New records for southern Madagascar: Propeamussium jeffreysii, Propeamussium sibogai, Propeamussium watsoni, Parvamussium formosum, Parvamussium scitulum, Parvamussium thyrideum, Parvamussium vesiculatum, Parvamussium vidalense, Cyclopecten kapalae, Similipecten eous. New record for South Africa: Propeamussium jeffreysii, Parvamussium formosum, Parvamussium scitulum, Cyclopecten horridus, Similipecten eous.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, Restricted, INHACA 2011, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

Quelles sont les étapes qui permettent à un coquillage collecté dans les fonds marins du sud de Madagascar de devenir un objet « scientifique » ? Quelles sont les traductions-circulations qui donnent une nouvelle vie à un mollusque dans des collections, à l’autre bout du monde ? Contrairement à l’idée que la science se produit exclusivement en laboratoire et à travers le jeu exclusif des abstractions, l’article décrit les processus de collecte à grande échelle initiés par le Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, qui construisent méticuleusement la base taxonomique de la biologie marine, en manipulant d’intenses flux de spécimens matériels. Cinq dimensions de cette circulation sont précisément analysées : circulation géographique entre six localités (du lieu de collecte aux collections) qui dessinent une sorte de laboratoire distribué, série de manipulations par des individus variés et diversement instrumentés, transferts successifs de contenants permettant de confiner-séparer-emboîter, agrégation progressive d’informations accompagnant le spécimen permettant d’établir sa nouvelle carte d’identité, et enfin, multitude d’accidents de parcours possibles qui bouleversent ces trajectoires linéaires. La complexité de cette chaîne sera largement invisible, alors que cette dynamique field to lab dessine une forme importante de scientifisation.

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI

In most marine gastropods, the duration of the larval phase is a key feature, strongly influencing species distribution and persistence. Antarctic lineages, in agreement with Thorson's rule, generally show a short pelagic developmental phase (or lack it completely), with very few exceptions. Among them is the ascidian-feeding gastropod family Velutinidae, a quite understudied group. Based on a multilocus (COI, 16S, 28S and ITS2) dataset for 182 specimens collected in Antarctica and other regions worldwide, we investigated the actual Antarctic velutinid diversity, inferred their larval development, tested species genetic connectivity and produced a first phylogenetic framework of the family. We identified 15 Antarctic Molecular Operational Taxonomic Units (MOTUs), some of which represented undescribed species, which show two different types of larval shell, indicating different duration of the Pelagic Larval Phase (PLD). Antarctic velutinids stand as an independent lineage, sister to the rest of the family, with extensive hidden diversity likely produced by rapid radiation. Our phylogenetic framework indicates that this Antarctic flock underwent repeated events of pelagic phase shortening, in agreement with Thorson's rule, yielding species with restricted geographic ranges.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, CEAMARC-AA, PANGLAO 2004, REVOLTA V

Species in the family Capulidae (Littorinimorpha: Capuloidea) display a wide range of shell morphologies. Several species are known to live in association with other benthic invertebrates—mostly bivalves and sabellid worms, but also other gastropods—and are believed to be kleptoparasitic filter feeders that take advantage of the water current produced by the host. This peculiar trophic ecology, implying a sedentary lifestyle, has resulted in highly convergent shell forms. This is particularly true for the genus Hyalorisia Dall, 1889, which occurs in deep water in the Caribbean and Indo-West Pacific provinces, with two nominal species recognized so far. Combining morphological, ecological and molecular data, we assessed the diversity of the genus, its phylogenetic position inside the family and its association with its bivalve host, the genus Propeamussium de Gregorio, 1884 (Pectinoidea), resulting in the description of nine new cryptic species. When sympatric, species of Hyalorisia are associated with different host species, but the same species of Propeamussium may be the host of several allopatric species of Hyalorisia.

AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 1, EBISCO, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, ZhongSha 2015

A remarkably high diversity of native small spindle-shells (Gastropoda, Fasciolariidae, Fusininae) has been recently inventoried in the Mediterranean Sea, with 23 species identified based on shell morphology. They have almost invariably been classified in the genus Fusinus, and a few of them recently moved to other genera (Aptyxis Troschel 1868, Aegeofusinus Russo, 2017 and Gracilipurpura Jousseaume, 1880), mostly based on the sole shell features. We have reconstructed a molecular phylogenetic framework for the Mediterranean Fusininae, focusing on native species representative of the genus-level taxa. Our results confirmed that Fusinus s.s. (type species Murex colus Linnaeus, 1758) should be restricted to a group of large-shelled species from the Indo-West Pacific and does not fit any of the small-shelled Mediterranean fusinines. We confirm that Murex syracusanus Linnaeus, 1758 represents a distinct lineage, and show that for all the remaining species the pattern is suggestive of a single monophyletic radiation of small Mediterranean fusinines, for which the name Pseudofusus Monterosato, 1884 must be used

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, Restricted, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, KANACONO, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MIRIKY, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Restricted

Abstract The systematics of the marine mollusc family Velutinidae has long been neglected by taxonomists, mainly because their often internal and fragile shells offer no morphological characters. Velutinids are usually undersampled owing to their cryptic mantle coloration on the solitary, social or colonial ascidians on which they feed and lay eggs. In this study, we address the worldwide diversity and phylogeny of Velutinidae based on the largest molecular dataset (313 specimens) to date, accounting for > 50% of the currently accepted genera, coupled with morphological and ecological data. Velutinids emerge as a diverse group, encompassing four independent subfamily-level lineages, two of which are newly described herein: Marseniopsinae subfam. nov. and Hainotinae subfam. nov. High diversity was found at genus and species levels, with two newly described genera (Variolipallium gen. nov. and Pacifica gen. nov.) and ≥ 86 species in the assayed dataset, 58 of which are new to science (67%). Velutinidae show a remarkable morphological plasticity in shell morphology, mantle extension and chromatic patterns. This variability is likely to be the result of different selective forces, including habitat, depth and trophic interactions.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CEAMARC-AA, CORSICABENTHOS 1, CORSICABENTHOS 2, CORSICABENTHOS 3, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, KANACONO, KANADEEP 2, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SAKIZAYA 2019, SANTO 2006, Tuhaa Pae 2013, ZhongSha 2015

Background:  Planaxis sulcatus has been touted as a textbook example of poecilogony, with members of this wideranging Indo-Pacific marine gastropod said to produce free-swimming veligers as well as brooded juveniles. A recent paper by Wiggering et al. (BMC Evol Biol 20:76, 2020) assessed a mitochondrial gene phylogeny based on partial COI and 16S rRNA sequences for 31 individuals supplemented by observations from the brood pouch of 64 mostly unsequenced individuals. ABGD and bGYMC supported three reciprocally monophyletic clades, with two distributed in the Indo-Pacific, and one restricted to the northern Indian Ocean and Red Sea. Given an apparent lack of correlation between clade membership and morphological differentiation or mode of development, the reported 3.08% maximum K2P model-corrected genetic divergence in COI among all specimens was concluded to represent population structuring. Hence, the hypothesis that phylogenetic structure is evidence of cryptic species was rejected and P. sulcatus was concluded to represent a case of geographic poecilogony. Results:  Our goal was to reassess the case for poecilogony in Planaxis sulcatus with a larger molecular dataset and expanded geographic coverage. We sequenced an additional 55 individuals and included published and unpublished sequence data from other sources, including from Wiggering et al. Our dataset comprised 108 individuals (88 COI, 81 16S rRNA) and included nine countries unrepresented in the previous study. The expanded molecular dataset yielded a maximum K2P model-corrected genetic divergence among all sequenced specimens of 12.09%. The value of 3.08% erroneously reported by Wiggering et al. is the prior maximal distance value that yields a single-species partition in ABGD, and not the maximum K2P intraspecific divergence that can be calculated for the dataset. The bGMYC analysis recognized between two and six subdivisions, while the best-scoring ASAP partitions recognized two, four, or five subdivisions, not all of which were robustly supported in Bayesian and maximum likelihood phylogenetic analyses of the concatenated and single gene datasets. These hypotheses yielded maximum intra-clade genetic distances in COI of 2.56–6.19%, which are more consistent with hypothesized species-level thresholds for marine caenogastropods. Conclusions:  Based on our analyses of a more comprehensive dataset, we conclude that the evidence marshalled by Wiggering et al. in support of Planaxis sulcatus comprising a single widespread, highly variable species with geographic poecilogony is unconvincing and requires further investigation in an integrative taxonomic framework.

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, SANTO 2006

Among gastropods, the ability to swim has developed independently several times, mostly among Heterobranchia. Only a few species of Caenogastropoda are known to have swimming adults. Velutinidae Gray, 1840, is a family of caenogastropods with a fragile shell enclosed by the mantle. The adults of this family are benthic and ectoparasites of ascidians. Here, we present the first recorded instance of a swimming velutinid, Marsenia cf. gemma, filmed in New Caledonia. The swim propulsion method was based on the movement of the snail’s foot, which followed a ∞-shaped curve. This first report changes our perspective on the biology of this family, unexpectedly placing it within the restricted group of swimming caenogastropods.

ATIMO VATAE, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADIBENTHOS, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI

ATIMO VATAE, SANTO 2006

Aim: The unique biodiversity in the Red Sea is the result of complex ecological and evolutionary processes driven by Pleistocene climatic change. Here we investigate the species diversity, phylogenetic relationships and phylogeographical patterns of giant clams in the Western Indian Ocean (WIO) and the Red Sea to explore scenarios of marine speciation in this under-studied region.

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI

The neogastropod family Costellariidae is a large and successful group of carnivorous marine mollusks that encompasses about 475 living species. Costellariids are most diverse in the tropical Indo-Pacific at a depth interval of 0–200 m, where they are largely represented by numerous species commonly assigned to the genus Vexillum. The present work expands the taxon sampling of a previous phylogeny of the mitriform gastropods to resolve earlier problematic relationships, and thus establish a robust framework of the family, revise its taxonomy, and uncover major trends in the evolution of costellariid morphology. A multicuspidate rachidian is shown to have appeared at least twice in the evolutionary history of the family: it is regarded as an apomorphy of the primarily Indo-Pacific Vexillum–Austromitra–Atlantilux lineage, and has evolved independently in the Nodicostellaria–Mitromica lineage of the western hemisphere. The genera Ceratoxancus and Latiromitra are transferred from the Ptychatractidae to the Costellariidae. Tosapusia, Protoelongata, and Pusia are ranked as full genera, the latter with the three subgenera Pusia, Ebenomitra, and Vexillena. Vexillum (Costellaria) and Zierliana are treated as synonyms of Vexillum. The replacement name Suluspira is proposed for Visaya Poppe, Guillot de Suduiraut & Tagaro, 2006, non Ahyong, 2004 (Crustacea). We introduce four new genera, Alisimitra, Costapex, Turriplicifer, and Orphanopusia, and characterize their anatomy; 14 new species, mostly from deep water in the Indo-Pacific, are described in the genera Tosapusia, Alisimitra, Costapex, and Pusia. At least two species of Costapex gen. nov. have been collected from sunken wood.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 3, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted

The conoidean family Drilliidae Olsson, 1964 is a species-rich lineage of marine gastropods, showing a high degree of diversification in comparison to other families of Conoidea. Despite intensive molecular phylogenetic studies during the last decade that have led to notable rearrangements of conoidean systematics, the genus- and species-level taxonomy of Drilliidae has not thus far been affected and remains entirely based on shell features. In the current study we revisit species delimitation in a morphological cluster of species from the Indo-Pacific referred to as the Clavus canalicularis complex, using an integrative taxonomy approach. The species in the complex possess robust thick-walled shells typically over 15 mm in height with sculpture of prominent rounded nodules located at the whorl’s shoulder, sometimes sharp and squamiform, or producing long spines. We find that in addition to five known species, the complex comprises four new species. These are described as Clavus brianmayi n. sp. (New Caledonia), Clavus davidgilmouri n. sp. (the Philippines), Clavus andreolbrichi n. sp. (Vanuatu and New Ireland) and Clavus kirkhammetti n. sp. (Madagascar). Clavus exasperatus (Reeve, 1843), which was previously considered widely distributed in IndoPacific, is shown to be confined to the western Indian Ocean.

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, PANGLAO 2004

MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

With about 800 Recent species, ‘miters’ are a widely distributed group of tropical and subtropical gastropods that are most diverse in the Indo-West Pacific. They include the two families Mitridae and Costellariidae, similar in shell morphology and traditionally treated as close relatives. Some genera of deep-water Ptychatractidae and Volutomitridae are close to miters in shell morphology, and the term ‘mitriform gastropods’ has been introduced to refer to Mitridae, Costellariidae, and this assortment of convergent forms. The present study aimed at the reconstruction of phylogenetic relationships of mitriform gastropods based on representative taxon sampling. Four genetic markers [cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (COI), 16S and 12S rRNA mitochondrial genes, and H3 (Histone 3) nuclear gene] were sequenced for over 90 species in 20 genera, and the molecular data set was supplemented by studies of radula morphology. Our analysis recovered Mitridae as a monophyletic group, whereas the genus Mitra was found to be polyphyletic. Of 42 mitrid species included in the analysis, 37 formed a well-supported ‘core Mitridae’ consisting of four major clades, three of them consistent with the subfamilies Cylindromitrinae, Imbricariinae, and Mitrinae, and Strigatella paupercula standing out by itself. Basal to the ‘core Mitridae’ are four minor lineages, with the genus Charitodoron recognized as sister group to all other Mitridae. The deepwater family Pyramimitridae shows a sister relationship to the Mitridae, with high support for a Pyramimitridae + Mitridae clade. Our results recover the monophyly of the Costellariidae, which form a wellsupported clade that also includes Ptychatractidae, Columbariinae, and Volutomitridae, but not Mitridae. Most derived and diverse amongst Costellariidae are species of Vexillum, characterized by a bow-shaped, multicuspidate rachidian tooth. Several previously unrecognized deep-water costellariid lineages are revealed. Their members retain some plesiomorphies – in particular a tricuspidate rachidian tooth – that makes them morphologically intermediate between ptychatractids and Vexillum. The taxa of Ptychatractidae included in the analysis are not monophyletic, but form three well-supported, unrelated groupings, corresponding respectively to Ceratoxancus + Latiromitra, Exilia, and Exiliodea. None of them shows an affinity to Pseudolividae.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted

Alongside confirmation of the monophyly of the gastropod family Mitridae, a recent molecular phylogenetic analysis disclosed multiple inconsistencies with the existing taxonomic framework. In the present study, we expanded the molecular sampling to 103 species, representing 26% of the 402 extant species currently accepted in the family and 16 of the 19 currently accepted extant genera; 83 species were sequenced for four molecular markers [cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (COI), 16S and 12S rRNA, and H3 (Histone 3)]. Molecular analyses were supplemented by morphological studies, focused on characters of the radula and, in a more restricted data set, proboscis anatomy. These data form the basis for a revised classification of the Mitridae. A first dichotomy divides mitrids into two unequal clades, Charitodoron and the Mitridae s.s. Species of Charitodoron show profound differences to all other Mitridae in foregut anatomy (lacking an epiproboscis) and shell morphology (smooth columella, bulbous protoconch of non-planktotrophic type), which leads to the erection of the separate family Charitodoronidae fam. nov. Three traditional subfamilies (Mitrinae, Cylindromitrinae and Imbricariinae) correspond to three of the inferred phylogenetic lineages of Mitridae s.s.; we redefine their contents, reinstate Strigatellinae Troschel, 1869 as valid and establish the new subfamily Isarinae. In the absence of molecular material, a sixth subfamily, Pleioptygmatinae, is included in Mitridae based on morphological considerations only. To resolve the polyphyly of Mitra and Cancilla in their current taxonomic extension, we reinstate the genera Episcomitra Monterosato, 1917, Isara H. & A. Adams, 1853 and Probata Sarasúa, 1989 and establish 11 new genera: Quasimitra, Roseomitra, Fusidomiporta, Profundimitra, Cancillopsis, Pseudonebularia, Gemmulimitra and Neotiara in Mitrinae; Imbricariopsis in Imbricariinae; Carinomitra and Condylomitra are left unassigned to a subfamily. Altogether 32 genera are recognized within the family. Their diversity and distribution are discussed, along with general trends in morphological evolution of the family.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4, TARASOC, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted

The genus Conasprella Thiele, 1929 is the second largest in the family Conidae. It encompasses 161 described species that mainly occur at bathyal depths. Despite this relatively high species diversity, species delimitation and taxonomy of the genus have barely been addressed with molecular data. In the present study, we revisit species delimitation in the Indo-Pacific Conasprella orbignyi complex based on data from a previous study and substantial original data. Integrative taxonomy applied to a dataset comprising 82 specimens revealed ten putative species, and available names were assigned to seven of them. Two unnamed species are new and described here as Conasprella zinaidae Fedosov & Puillandre, n. sp. (represented by a single sequenced specimen from Papua New Guinea) and Conasprella emilieae Puillandre & Fedosov, n. sp. (represented by four sequenced specimens, all from Papua New Guinea). Some populations within the Conasprella orbignyi complex show weak genetic structure but unusually high morphological variation, which overlaps differences among genetically distinct species. This variation renders identification of both new species on conchological grounds problematic. Therefore, we provide DNA-based diagnoses for both new species to facilitate their identification in future studies.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

Marginelliform gastropods are a heterogeneous and diverse group of molluscs encompassing over 1,600 living species, among which are the smallest known neogastropods. The relationships of marginelliform gastropods within the order Neogastropoda are controversial, and the monophyly of the two marginelliform families the Marginellidae J. Fleming, 1828 and the Cystiscidae Stimpson, 1865, remains unconfirmed. DNA sequence data have never been used to assess the relationships of the marginelliform gastropods, making this group the only major branch missing in our current understanding of the neogastropod tree of life. Here we report results of the first multilocus phylogenetic analysis of marginelliform gastropods, which is based on a dataset comprising 63 species (20 genera) of Marginellidae and Cystiscidae, and a wide range of neogastropod lineages. The Marginellidae and Cystiscidae form a moderately supported clade that is sister to the family Volutidae. Marginellona gigas appears to be sister to all other marginelliforms. The subfamily Marginellinae was recovered as a well-supported clade, and good resolution of this part of the tree makes it possible to propose amendments to the family-level classification of the group. The relationship between Granulina and other marginelliforms could not be resolved and requires further study. Due to poor resolution of basal relationships within the Marginellidae–Cystiscidae clade, the monophyly of the Cystiscidae was neither confirmed nor convincingly rejected. The shell morphology of most marginellid and cystiscid genera is taxonomically not very informative but, nevertheless, of the traditionally recognized genera only Gibberula and Dentimargo were shown to be polyphyletic. Although a comprehensive systematic revision of the group requires more extensive taxonomic sampling (e.g. with better representation of the type species of nominal genus-group names), our results support the superfamily Volutoidea, comprising four families (Volutidae, Cystiscidae, Marginellidae and Marginellonidae), with the placement of the Granulinidae uncertain for the time being.

ATIMO VATAE, Restricted, DongSha 2014, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted

The conoidean family Terebridae is an intriguing lineage of marine gastropods, which are of considerable interest due to their varied anatomy and complex venoms. Terebrids are abundant, easily recognizable and widely distributed in tropical and subtropical waters, but our findings have demonstrated that their systematics requires revision. Here we elaborate the classification of Terebridae based on a recently published molecular phylogeny of 154 species, plus characters of the shell and anterior alimentary system. The 407 living species of the family, including seven species described herein, are assigned to three subfamilies: Pellifroniinae new subfamily, Pervicaciinae and Terebrinae. The Pellifroniinae comprises five deep-water species in two genera, Pellifronia and Bathyterebra n. gen. Pellifroniinae possess a radula of duplex marginal teeth, well-developed proboscis and venom gland, and a very small rhynchodeal introvert. The Pervicaciinae includes c. 50 species in the predominantly Indo-Pacific genera Duplicaria and Partecosta. Pervicaciinae possess salivary glands, a radula of solid recurved marginal teeth and a weakly developed rhynchodeal introvert, but lack proboscis and venom gland. The remaining Terebridae species are classified into 15 genera in the subfamily Terebrinae (including four genera described herein); nine genera are defined on the basis of phylogenetic data and six solely on shell morphology. The Indo-Pacific genera Profunditerebra n. gen., Maculauger n. gen. and Myurellopsis n. gen. each include about a dozen species. The first is restricted to the deep waters of the Indo-West Pacific, while the latter two range widely in both geographic and bathymetric distribution. Neoterebra n. gen. encompasses about 65 species from a range of localities in the eastern Pacific, Caribbean, and Atlantic, and from varying depths. To characterize the highly diversified genera Terebra, Punctoterebra, Myurella and Duplicaria, each of which comprise several morphological clusters, we propose the use of DNA-based diagnoses. These diagnoses are combined with more informative descriptions to define most of the supraspecific taxa of Terebridae, to provide a comprehensive revision of the group.

ATIMO VATAE, CONCALIS, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, Restricted, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES, Restricted, ZhongSha 2015

Abstract The molluskan order Neogastropoda encompasses over 15,000 almost exclusively marine species playing important roles in benthic communities and in the economies of coastal countries. Neogastropoda underwent intensive cladogenesis in the early stages of diversification, generating a “bush” at the base of their evolutionary tree, which has been hard to resolve even with high throughput molecular data. In the present study to resolve the bush, we use a variety of phylogenetic inference methods and a comprehensive exon capture dataset of 1817 loci (79.6% data occupancy) comprising 112 taxa of 48 out of 60 Neogastropoda families. Our results show consistent topologies and high support in all analyses at (super)family level, supporting monophyly of Muricoidea, Mitroidea, Conoidea, and, with some reservations, Olivoidea and Buccinoidea. Volutoidea and Turbinelloidea as currently circumscribed are clearly paraphyletic. Despite our analyses consistently resolving most backbone nodes, 3 prove problematic: First, the uncertain placement of Cancellariidae, as the sister group to either a Ficoidea-Tonnoidea clade or to the rest of Neogastropoda, leaves monophyly of Neogastropoda unresolved. Second, relationships are contradictory at the base of the major “core Neogastropoda” grouping. Third, coalescence-based analyses reject monophyly of the Buccinoidea in relation to Vasidae. We analyzed phylogenetic signal of targeted loci in relation to potential biases, and we propose the most probable resolutions in the latter 2 recalcitrant nodes. The uncertain placement of Cancellariidae may be explained by orthology violations due to differential paralog loss shortly after the whole genome duplication, which should be resolved with a curated set of longer loci.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CORSICABENTHOS 1, DongSha 2014, EXBODI, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, NanHai 2014, PAPUA NIUGINI, TAIWAN 2013, Tuhaa Pae 2013, ZhongSha 2015

Conoidean gastropods of the genera Kermia, Oliver, and Pseudodaphnella Boettger, (Raphitomidae) are common in shallow-water habitats of the tropical Indo-Pacific. They form a distinct morphologically homogeneous complex, easily recognizable by sculpture and colour pattern, encompassing around 80 described species. Examination of a vast material accumulated during recent expeditions in various regions of the Indo-Pacific revealed a number of undescribed species of this complex. Our material included 32 morphospecies available for molecular phylogenetic study; phylogenetic reconstruction based on the COI gene confirmed the species hypotheses based on morphological characters. A total of 18 terminal taxa were attributed to known species and 14 were identified as new species. Of these, 12 species, for which sufficient material was available, are described. Phylogenetic analysis indicated close relationships of the genera Kermia and Pseudodaphnella with members of some other conoidean genera (specifically Exomilus Hedley, , Paramontana Laseron, and Thetidos Hedley, ) and taxonomic implications of the data obtained are discussed. To test the taxonomic value of protoconch and review its wide use in classification of Conoidea, the evolution of the protoconch morphology was reconstructed using a phylogenetic tree. It has revealed that protoconchs of different types may appear in closely related species, sometimes hardly distinguishable by teleoconch morphology. A switch from planctotrophic to non-planctotrophic mode of development occurred at least four times in the evolutionary history of the Kermia Pseudodaphnella complex, indicating high developmental plasticity of the group. Its role in radiation of the Kermia Pseudodaphnella complex and applications for use of protoconch morphology in the classification of Conoidea are discussed.

ATIMO VATAE, EBISCO, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

MIRIKY

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BENTHAUS, BOA1, BORDAU 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 10, SANTO 2006

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, MD32 (REUNION)

BENTHEDI, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION)

A new genus and two new species of deep water Buccinidae collected during MAINBAZA are described: Pollia imprimelata sp. nov. And Micrologus mochatinctus gen. & sp. nov., both from Almirante Leite Bank. Pollia sowerbyana (Melvill & Standen, 1903) is recorded from Madagascar and the variability of this species is discussed.

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

The tropical deep-water Cominellinae commonly assigned to the genera Manaria E. A. Smith, 1906 and Eosipho Thiele, 1929 are revised. While the taxonomic details at the generic level were discussed by Kantor et al. (2013), the species level is discussed here. Twentyone new species are described: Manaria astrolabis n. sp. (French Polynesia), M. borbonica n. sp. (Réunion), M. circumsonaxa n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and the Solomons), M. corindoni n. sp. (Indonesia), M. corporosis n. sp. (the Solomons, Vanuatu, Coral Sea and New Caledonia), M. explicibilis n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and the Solomons), M. excalibur n. sp. (Indonesia and Western Australia), M. fluentisona n. sp. (the Solomons, Fiji, Wallis and Tonga), M. hadorni n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia), M. indomaris n. sp. (India), M. loculosa n. sp. (Fiji), M. lozoueti n. sp. (North Fiji Basin), M. terryni n. sp. (Mozambique Channel), M. tongaensis n. sp. (Tonga), M. tyrotarichoides n. sp. (Mozambique Channel), Calagrassor bacciballus n. sp. (Philippines), C. delicatus n. sp. (New Zealand), C. hespericus n. sp. (Mozambique), C. pidginoides n. sp. (Philippines, Papua New Guinea, the Solomons and Vanuatu), Enigmaticolus marshalli n. sp. (Kermadec Ridge, Monowai Caldera), and E. voluptarius n. sp. (New Caledonia). Considerable range extensions are recorded: Manaria kuroharai Azuma, 1960 is recorded from the Solomons, New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Tonga; M. brevicaudata (Schepman, 1911) is recorded from Taiwan, the Philippines, the Solomons and Fiji; and Calagrassor poppei (Fraussen, 2001) is recorded from Indonesia and the Solomons. Lathyrus jonkeri Koperberg, 1931, a fossil described from Indonesia, is recorded from the Recent fauna of Indonesia, Philippines and Fiji and is redescribed and placed in Manaria. Sipho jonkeri Koperberg, 1931, another fossil described from Indonesia in the same work, is a secondary homonym of Manaria jonkeri (Koperberg, 1931) and is renamed Manaria koperbergae nom. nov.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, Restricted, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VOLSMAR

Deep-water species from the western Indian Ocean off the East African coast and Madagascar, belonging to the subfamily Photinae, are discussed and compared with species from the West Pacific. Phos elegantissimus Hayashi & Habe, 1965, P. hirasei Sowerby, 1913 and P. laevis Kuroda & Habe in Habe, 1961 are recorded from Mozambique and/or from Madagascar, hereby extending their known range considerably into the western Indian Ocean. The East African specimens formerly assigned to Phos roseatus Hinds, 1844 are found to differ from this West Pacific species. In total, five species are described as new: Phos ganii sp. nov., P. geminus sp. nov., P. ladoboides sp. nov., P. pulchritudus sp. nov. and P. testaceus sp. nov.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, Restricted, Restricted, INHACA 2011, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, Restricted

Extracting DNA from gastropods presents particular difficulties due to the capacity of the living animal to retract into the shell, resulting in poor penetration of the ethanol into the tissues. Because the shell is essential to establish the link between sequences and traditional taxonomic identity, cracking the shell to facilitate fixation is not ideal. Several methods are currently in routine use to overcome this difficulty, including chemical relaxation, drilling the shell and boiling. Most of these methods are time-consuming, may be safety hazards and constitute a bottleneck in the preparation of large numbers of specimens in the field. We have experimented with a method traditionally used to clean shells that involves placing the living gastropods in a microwave (MW) oven; the electromagnetic radiation very quickly heats both the animal and the water trapped inside the shell, resulting in separation of the muscles that anchor the animal to the shell. Done properly, the body can be removed intact from the shell and the shell voucher is preserved undamaged. To test the method, the bodies of live-collected specimens from two gastropod species were separated from their shell by microwaving and by anesthetizing/drilling. After identical extraction and PCR procedures, the gels showed no difference in DNA quantity or quality, and the resulting sequences are identical within species. The method was then implemented on a large scale during expeditions, resulting in higher percentage of DNA extraction success. The MWs are also effective for quickly and easily removing other molluscs from their shells, that is, bivalves and scaphopods. Workflows implementing the MW technique show a three- to fivefold increase in productivity compared with other methods.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, KARUBENTHOS 2012, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, Restricted

Nassariidae are a group of scavenging, predominantly marine, snails that are diversified on soft bottoms as well as on rocky shores, and are the subject of numerous research papers in ecology, ecotoxicology or paleontology. A weak and/or apparently continuous variation in shell characters has resulted in an intimidating taxonomy, with complex synonymy lists. Over 1320 extant nominal species have been described, of which 442 are currently regarded as valid. Above species level, the state of the art is equally hazy, with four subfamilies and twelve genera currently accepted, and many other names in the graveyard of synonymy. A molecular analysis based on three mitochondrial (COI, 16S, 12S) and two nuclear (28S, H3) markers was conducted. Our dataset includes 218 putative nassariid species, comprising 9 of the 12 valid genera, and 25 nominal genera represented by their type species. The monophyly of the Nassariidae as classically construed is not confirmed. Species of Antillophos, Engoniophos, Phos, Nassaria, Tomlinia and Anentome (formerly considered Buccinidae) are included inside the Nassariidae clade. Within the Nassariinae, the tree unexpectedly demonstrates that species from the Atlantic and the Indo-Pacific form different clades which represent several independent diversification events. Through an integrative approach, the reconstruction of ancestral states was addressed for eight characters supposedly informative for taxonomy. Using numerous fossil calibration points, Nassariidae appear to have originated 120 MYA ago in Atlantic temperate waters during the Lower Cretaceous. Our results have a profound impact on nassariid taxonomy, especially with regard to the validity of subfamily- and genus-level names.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, INHACA 2011, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, Restricted

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, TARASOC

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, TARASOC

The olive shells of the genus Amalda comprises readily recognized species of marine neogastropod mollusks found around the world. The New Zealand Amalda fauna has particular notoriety as providing one of the best demonstrations of evolutionary morphological stasis, a prerequisite for punctuated equilibrium theory. An excellent fossil record includes representation of three extant endemic Amalda species used to explore patterns of form change. However, the phylogenetic relationship of the New Zealand Amalda species and the timing of their lineage splitting have not been studied, even though these would provide valuable evidence to test predictions of punctuated equilibrium. Here, we use entire mitogenome and long nuclear rRNA gene cassette data from 11 Amalda species, selected from New Zealand and around the world in light of high rates of endemicity among extant and fossil Amalda. Our inferred phylogenies do not refute the hypothesis that New Zealand Amalda are a natural monophyletic group and therefore an appropriate example of morphological stasis. Furthermore, estimates of the timing of cladogenesis from the molecular data for the New Zealand group are compatible with the fossil record for extant species and consistent with expectations of punctuated equilibrium.

CONCALIS, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMONBOA 3, TERRASSES

AbstractTarget‐capture approaches have facilitated a rapid growth in the field of phylogenomics but few probe sets exist for molluscs, an exceptionally rich phylum with unparalleled ecological and morphological diversity. We designed and tested the first universal probe set using Phyluce to capture ultraconserved elements (UCEs) and exon loci from the Subclass Caenogastropoda ‐ one of six major lineages of gastropods. The probe set consists of 29,441 probes designed to target 1142 UCE loci and 1933 exon loci (3075 total). In silico analyses of our probe set yielded an average of 2110 loci from genomes and 1389 loci from transcriptomes of diverse caenogastropods, from which an average of 1669 and 849 loci were retained respectively after screening to remove those that matched multiple contigs. Phylogenetic analyses of the loci extracted from transcriptomes produced well‐supported trees very similar to those published based on transcriptomic analyses. Phylogenetic relationships estimated from loci extracted from genomes recover similar phylogenetic relationships, and indicate that the loci targeted with this probe set are informative for resolving deep phylogenetic relationships. An in vitro analysis of the probe set with the Epitoniidae, a diverse caenogastropod family of uncertain affinity and with poorly resolved evolutionary relationships, recovered a total of 2850 loci. Although preliminary, the analysis of loci captured by our probe set for a small number of epitoniid taxa produced a well‐resolved tree indicating that this probe set is also able to resolve relationships at shallower hierarchical scales. Together, the in silico and in vitro analyses indicate that target‐capture enrichment with this probe set is a useful tool for reconstructing phylogenetic relationships across taxonomic levels and evolutionary time scales.

ATIMO VATAE, CORSICABENTHOS 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP 2, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, SPANBIOS, ZhongSha 2015

The deep-sea malacofauna of temperate Australia remains comparatively poorly known. However, a recent influx of DNA-suitable material obtained from a series of deep-sea cruises has facilitated integrative taxonomic study on the Conoidea (Caenogastropoda : Neogastropoda). Building on a recent molecular phylogeny of the conoidean family Raphitomidae, this study focussed on the genera Gladiobela and Pagodibela (both Criscione, Hallan, Puillandre & Fedosov, 2020). We subjected a representative mtDNA cox1 dataset of deep-sea raphitomids to ABGD, which recognised 14 primary species hypotheses (PSHs), 9 of which were converted to secondary species hypotheses (SSHs). Following the additional examination of the shell and hypodermic radula features, as well as consideration of bathymetric and geographic data, seven of these SSHs were recognised as new to science and given full species rank. Subsequently, systematic descriptions are provided herein. Of these, five are attributed to Gladiobela (three of which are endemic to Australia and two more widely distributed) and two are placed in Pagodibela (one endemic to southern Australia and one widespread in the Pacific). The rarity of many ‘turrids’ reported in previous studies is confirmed herein, as particularly indicated by highly disjunct geographic records for two taxa. Additionally, several of the studied taxa exhibit wide Indo-Pacific distributions, suggesting that wide geographic ranges in deep-sea ‘turrids’ may be more common than previously assumed. Finally, impediments to deep-sea ‘turrid’ taxonomy in light of such comparative rarity and unexpectedly wide distributions are discussed.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TARASOC, ZhongSha 2015

Imagery has become a key tool for assessing deep-sea megafaunal biodiversity, historically based on physical sampling using fishing gears. Image datasets provide quantitative and repeatable estimates, small-scale spatial patterns and habitat descriptions. However, taxon identification from images is challenging and often relies on morphotypes without considering a taxonomic framework. Taxon identification is particularly challenging in regions where the fauna is poorly known and/or highly diverse. Furthermore, the efficiency of imagery and physical sampling may vary among habitat types. Here, we compared biodiversity metrics (alpha and gamma diversity, composition) based on physical sampling (dredging and trawling) and towed-camera still images (1) along the upper continental slope of Papua New Guinea (sedimented slope with wood-falls, a canyon and cold seeps), and (2) on the outer slopes of the volcanic islands of Mayotte, dominated by hard bottoms. The comparison was done on selected taxa (Pisces, Crustacea, Echinoidea, and Asteroidea), which are good candidates for identification from images. Taxonomic identification ranks obtained for the images varied among these taxa (e.g., family/order for fishes, genus for echinoderms). At these ranks, imagery provided a higher taxonomic richness for hard-bottom and complex habitats, partially explained by the poor performance of trawling on these rough substrates. For the same reason, the gamma diversity of Pisces and Crustacea was also higher from images, but no difference was observed for echinoderms. On soft bottoms, physical sampling provided higher alpha and gamma diversity for fishes and crustaceans, but these differences tended to decrease for crustaceans identified to the species/morphospecies level from images. Physical sampling and imagery were selective against some taxa (e.g., according to size or behavior), therefore providing different facets of biodiversity. In addition, specimens collected at a larger scale facilitated megafauna identification from images. Based on this complementary approach, we propose a robust methodology for image-based faunal identification relying on a taxonomic framework, from collaborative work with taxonomists. An original outcome of this collaborative work is the creation of identification keys dedicated specifically to in situ images and which take into account the state of the taxonomic knowledge for the explored sites.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, Restricted, PAPUA NIUGINI

All species of Chilodontidae known to occur in the south-western Indian Ocean are discussed (27 species, of which eight new, belonging to nine genera, of which three new). Keys to genera and species are provided. Observations on protoconch form, shell microsculpture, radula morphology, operculum shape and external anatomy are given, together with summary biological observations. The genus Agathodonta Cossmann, 1918 is not considered to be applicable to the extant species for which it has been recently used and a new genus is proposed for these living forms. Type specimens of a number of extralimital species examined for comparative purposes are illustrated. New genera: Ascetostoma, Clypeostoma and Pholidotrope. New species: Clypeostoma reticulatum, Danilia boucheti, Danilia textilis, Herpetopoma serratocinctum, Herpetopoma stictum, Pholidotrope gloriosa, Vaceuchelus cretaceus and Vaceuchelus jayorum. New synonyms: Cantharidus pliciferus Schepman, 1908 = Perrinia angulifera (A. Adams, 1853); Turcica (Perrinia) waiwailevensis Ladd, 1982 and Herpetopoma eboreum Vilvens & Heros, 2003 = Herpetopoma xeniolum (Melvill, 1918); Trochus alabastrum Reeve, 1858 = Euchelus asper (Gmelin, 1791). New combinations: Agathodonta elongata Vilvens, 2001, A. meteorae Neubert, 1998, A. nortoni McLean, 1984, Euchelus townsendianus Melvill & Standen, 1903 and Turcica salpinx Barnard, 1964 are transferred to Clypeostoma gen. n.; Diloma verruca Gould, 1861, Euchelus seychellarum G. & H. Nevill, 1869, Euchelus xeniolum Melvill, 1918, Turcica helix Barnard, 1964 and T. waiwailevensis Ladd, 1982 are transferred to Herpetopoma; Euchelus gemmula Turton, 1932 is transferred to Vaceuchelus; Euchelus providentiae Melvill, 1909 and E. ringens Schepman, 1908 are transferred to Ascetostoma gen. n.; Stomatella cumingii A. Adams, 1854 is transferred to Granata; Turcica konos Barnard, 1964 is transferred to Perrinia. New records for the south-western Indian Ocean: Clypeostoma meteorae (Neubert, 1998); Clypeostoma cf. nortoni (McLean, 1984); Granata cumingii (A. Adams, 1854); Herpetopoma instrictum (Gould, 1849); Herpetopoma ?naokoae Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006; Herpetopoma xeniolum (Melvill, 1918); Perrinia angulifera (A. Adams, 1853). New records for South Africa: Ascetostoma providentiae (Melvill, 1909); Herpetopoma ?naokoae Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006; Perrinia angulifera (A. Adams, 1853). Lectotypes designated for: Euchelus favosus Melvill & Standen, 1896; Euchelus gemmula Turton, 1932; Euchelus natalensis Smith, 1906; Euchelus seychellarum G. & H. Nevill, 1869; Euchelus townsendianus Melvill & Standen, 1903; Monodonta alveolata A. Adams, 1853; Monodonta angulifera A. Adams, 1853; Stomatella articulata A. Adams, 1850; Turbo semilugubris Deshayes, 1863. Type locality designations and emendations: Type locality for Stomatella cumingii Adams, 1854, designated to be tropical East Africa; type locality for Turcica salpinx Barnard, 1964, selected to be 'off Cape Morgan, 77 fath.' [-141 m]; type locality of Turcica stellata A. Adams, 1864, emended from 'China Seas' to Gulf of Suez, Red Sea. Danilia Brusina, 1865 is deemed a nomen protectum and Heliciella O.G. Costa, 1861 a nomen oblitum.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY

Reconstructing historical biogeography of the marine realm is complicated by indistinct barriers and, over deeper time scales, a dynamic landscape shaped by plate tectonics. Here we present the most extensive examination of model-based historical biogeography among marine invertebrates to date. We conducted the largest phylogenetic and molecular clock analyses to date for the bivalve family Cardiidae (cockles and giant clams) with three unlinked loci for 110 species representing 37 of the 50 genera. Ancestral ranges were reconstructed using the dispersal–extinction–cladogenesis (DEC) method with a time-stratified paleogeographic model wherein dispersal rates varied with shifting tectonics. Results were compared to previous classifications and the extensive paleontological record. Six of the eight prior subfamily groupings were found to be para- or polyphyletic. Cardiidae originated and subsequently diversified in the tropical Indo-Pacific starting in the Late Triassic. Eastern Atlantic species were mainly derived from the tropical Indo-Mediterranean region via the Tethys Sea. In contrast, the western Atlantic fauna was derived from Indo-Pacific clades. Our phylogenetic results demonstrated greater concordance with geography than did previous phylogenies based on morphology. Time-stratifying the DEC reconstruction improved the fit and was highly consistent with paleo-ocean currents and paleogeography. Lastly, combining molecular phylogenetics with a rich and well-documented fossil record allowed us to test the accuracy and precision of biogeographic range reconstructions.

CONCALIS, Restricted, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE, LIFOU 2000

ATIMO VATAE

The species found in Mozambique and surrounding waters belonging to family Mitromorphidae Casey, 1904, are revised and figured. From a total number of 36 species, 13 were already described, Anarithma alphonsiana (Hervier, 1900); A. aurea Boyer & Renda, 2022; A. borbonica Boyer & Renda, 2022; A. lachryma (Reeve, 1845); A. maesi Drivas & Jay, 1986; A. melvilli Boyer, 2022; A. metula (Hinds, 1843); A. pamila (Duclos, 1848); Lovellona atramentosa (Reeve, 1849); Mitromorpha candeopontis Chino & Stahlschmidt, 2009; M. fischeri (Hervier, 1900); M. kilburni Drivas & Jay, 1986 and M. punctata Chino & Stahlschmidt, 2009; while 23 have been considered new for the Science, being described and represented in the present work. These are: Anarithma aurantioquadrata, Mitromorpha albobandata, M. carsteni, M. castanea, M. chuliae, M. conduciensis, M. eucitharomorpha, M. gianuzzii, M. gloriosensis, M. harasewichi, M. nampulae, M. nappoi, M. purpurolineata, M. pusaterii, M. rosacea, M. ruelai, M. rufolineata, M. rufomaculata, M. sera, M. templadoi, M. uniplicata, M. valverdei and M. verdejoi. Mitromorpha candeopontis Chino & Stahlschmidt, 2009 and Mitromorpha punctata Chino & Stahlschmidt, 2009 are cited for first time from West Indian Ocean.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

The extreme south of Madagascar is noted for the endemism of its marine biota, notably molluscs. Six new species of Muricidae Rafinesque, 1815 are described in the present paper; three in the subfamily Muricinae Rafinesque, 1815: Chicoreus (Triplex) kantori n. sp., Naquetia manwaii n. sp. And Dermomurex (Dermomurex) charlesi n. sp.; two in the subfamily Muricopsinae Radwin & D'Attilio, 1971: Favartia (Favartia) tantelyi n. sp. And Favartia (Pygmaepterys) fournierae n. sp.; and one in the subfamily Rapaninae Gray, 1853: Semiricinula bozzettii n. sp. Similar species from Madagascar and from other regions are compared and illustrated. The radula of Naquetia manwaii n. sp. And of Semiricinula bozzettii n. sp. Are illustrated.

ATIMO VATAE

Five similar looking species of Muricidae from the Indo-West Pacific are reviewed, illustrated and commented: Cytharomorula ambonensis (Houart, 1996), C. benedicta (Melvill & Standen, 1895), C. dollfusi (Lamy, 1938), C. lefevreiana (Tapparone Canefri, 1880) ) and C. paucimaculata (Sowerby, 1903). The type material is illustrated for all the species. A lectotype is designated for Cytharomorula lefevreiana. The radula morphology is described.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, Restricted

The muricid genus Daphnellopsis Schepman 1913 is revised and maintained in the subfamily Ergalataxinae, waiting for eventual genetic studies. Six species are included, D. fimbriata (Hinds 1843), D. lamellosa Schepman 1913 (type species), D. hypselos Houart 1995 and three new species described herein: D. lozoueti n. sp.; and D. pinedai n. sp., both from the Quaternary (Upper Pleistocene) of Santo, Vanuatu, and D. lochi n. sp. A Recent species of Western Australia. All the species are described or re-described, illustrated and compared with each other, their geographical range is given and illustrated on a map. The protoconchs of five species are illustrated as well as some details of the shells. A jaw is pointed out for the first time in D. fimbriata and is illustrated by scanning electron microscope (SEM) images.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BOA1, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2001

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, Restricted, LAGON, MIRIKY, VAUBAN 1978-1979

ATIMO VATAE

BIOPAPUA, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, PAPUA NIUGINI

The identity of Siphonochelus japonicus A. Adams, 1863 and S. nipponensis Keen & Campbell, 1964, both described from Japan, is discussed and updated. A neotype is here designated for S. japonicus. A new Siphonochelus species S. mozambicus is described from Mozambique and compared to the Japanese species, to S. arcuatus (Hinds, 1843) and S. pentaphasios (Barnard, 1959) both from South Africa, to S. rosadoi Houart, 1999 from Mozambique and to S. stillacandidus Houart, 1985 from Madagascar.

KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA

A new species assigned to Vokesimurex Petuch, 1994 is described from Mozambique and compared with the related V. purdyae (Radwin & D'Attilio, 1976) from South Africa and Mozambique and with three other species occurring in adjacent areas.

MAINBAZA

The recent genetic analysis of the muricid subfamily Ergalataxinae has led to a better understanding of this subfamily, but some species were left without appropriate generic assignments and the classification of others required revision. This knowledge gap is partially filled herein, with new combinations and the description of three new genera. The examination of new material, along with a careful re-examination of and comparison to existing material, resulted also in the identification of nine new species. These new genera and new species are described herein, lectotypes are designated and new combinations are given. The geographical range of all the new species is provided on maps. All new species are compared with related or similar species. The radula of Morula palmeri Powell, 1967 is illustrated for the first time.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), Restricted, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, Walters Shoal

The subgenus Dermomurex (Takia) is reviewed and one new species, D. (T.) manonae n. sp., is described from New Caledonia. It is distinguished from the similar D. (T.) wareni Houart, 1990 based on genetic differences and a few shell characters. From other species it differs in its shell and intritacalx morphology. The four Indo-West Pacific species are reviewed and illustrated, namely D. (T.) bobyini Kosuge, 1984, D. (T.) infrons Vokes, 1974, D. (T.) wareni Houart, 1990 and D. (T.) manonae n. sp. Dermomurex (subgenus?) paulinae n. sp. is described from New Caledonia in an undetermined subgenus and is distinguished from D. (D.) africanus Vokes, 1978 from South Africa by its shell and intritacalx morphology. Trialatella is synonymized with Dermomurex s.s.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A new species of Monstrotyphis Habe, 1961 is described from Mozambique and compared with M. imperialis (Keen & Campbell, 1964) and other related species from Oman, Australia and Japan.

INHACA 2011

Twenty-four species of Muricidae are reviewed, 15 assigned to Chicomurex Arakawa, 1964 and 9 to Naquetia Jousseaume, 1880, two closely related genera. Each species is listed with the author's name(s), the date of description, the synonymy, the chresonymy, the distribution, the description and some comments; the chresonymy is only cited for misidentified figures in recent publications dealing with Muricidae. Each species is illustrated in colour with many specimens, while scanning electron micrographs are provided for the radulae. Photos of the protoconch are provided for most of the species as well as the spiral cord morphology. The type locality and the type material (holotype only) are noted for each name. In addition, a molecular phylogeny of Chicomurex is reconstructed from eight species using three mitochondrial genes (cytochrome oxidase c subunit I, 12S rRNA, and 16S rRNA). The phylogeny revealed three wellsupported clades within the monophyletic Chicomurex, the grouping of species being congruent with morphology (C. laciniatus complex, C. superbus complex, and C. gloriosus complex). Species sampled includes three recently described species C. lani Houart, Moe & Chen, 2014, C. globus Houart, Moe & Chen, 2015, and C. pseudosuperbus Houart, Moe & Chen, 2015; the specific status of these were assessed and found to be supported by genetic data.

ATIMO VATAE, CONCALIS, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2004, TERRASSES

30 new species in the Trichotropid CAPULIDAE in the genera Verticosta, Latticosta n. gen., Torellia and Trichosirius are described from tropical and subtropical deep water of Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Ocean: Verticosta ariane n. sp., Verticosta bellefontainae n. sp., Verticosta milleinsularum n. sp., Verticosta filipinos n. sp., Verticosta plexa n. sp., Verticosta lapita n. sp., Verticosta pyramis n. sp., Verticosta kanak n. sp., Verticosta vanuatuensis n. sp., Verticosta feejee n. sp., Verticosta lilii n. sp., Verticosta sinusvellae n. sp., Verticosta terrasesae n. sp., Verticosta uvea n. sp., Verticosta rurutuana n. sp., Verticosta bicarinata n. sp., Verticosta tricarinata n. sp., Verticosta quadricarinata n. sp., Verticosta cheni n. sp., Verticosta iris n. sp., Verticosta castelli n. sp., Verticosta biangulata n. sp., Verticosta reunionnaise n. sp., Verticosta lemurella n. sp., Verticosta madagascarensis n. sp., Latticosta guidopoppei n. sp., Latticosta tagaroae n. sp., Latticosta magnifica n. sp., Torellia loyaute n. sp. and Trichosirius omnimarium n. sp. Trichotropis townsendi is now Latticosta townsendi n. comb.. Shell material comes from expeditions by MNHN and collections of authors.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, HALIPRO 1, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, Restricted, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES

Abstract Eyes within the marine gastropod superfamily Stromboidea range widely in size, from 0.2 to 2.3 mm—the largest eyes known in any gastropod. Despite this interesting variation, the underlying evolutionary pressures remain unknown. Here, we use the wealth of material available in museum collections to explore the evolution of stromboid eye size and structure. Our results suggest that depth is a key light-limiting factor in stromboid eye evolution; here, increasing water depth is correlated with increasing aperture width relative to lens diameter, and therefore an increasing investment in sensitivity in dim light environments. In the major clade containing all large-eyed stromboid families, species observed active during the day and the night had wider eye apertures relative to lens sizes than species observed active during the day only, thereby prioritizing sensitivity over resolution. Species with no consistent diel activity pattern also had smaller body sizes than exclusively day-active species, which may suggest that smaller animals are more vulnerable to shell-crushing predators, and avoid the higher predation pressure experienced by animals active during the day. Within the same major clade, ancestral state reconstruction suggests that absolute eye size increased above 1 mm twice. The unresolved position of Varicospira, however, weakens this hypothesis and further work with additional markers is needed to confirm this result.

ATIMO VATAE, CONCALIS, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, MADIBENTHOS, MIRIKY, PAPUA NIUGINI

Members of the gastropod superfamily Stromboidea (Littorinimorpha) are characterised by their elaborate shell morphologies, distinctive mode of locomotion, and often large and colourful eyes. This iconic group comprises over 130 species, including many large and charismatic species. The family Strombidae is of particular interest, largely due to its commercial importance and wide distribution in tropical and subtropical waters. Although a few strombid mitochondrial genomes have been sequenced, data for the other four Recent families in Strom­ boidea are lacking. In this study we report seven new stromboid mitogenomes obtained from transcriptomic and genomic data, with taxonomic representation from each Recent stromboid family, including the first mitoge­ nomes for Aporrhaidae, Rostellariidae, Seraphsidae and Struthiolariidae. We also report a new mitogenome for the family Xenophoridae. We use these data, along with published sequences, to investigate the relationships among these and other caenogastropod groups. All analyses undertaken in this study support monophyly of Stromboidea as redefined here to include Xenophoridae, a finding consistent with morphological and behav­ ioural data. Consistent with previous morphological and molecular analyses, including those based on mitoge­ nomes, monophyly of Hypsogastropoda is confirmed but monophyly of Littorinimorpha is again rejected.

KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, MADIBENTHOS, MIRIKY, PAPUA NIUGINI

Abstract The superfamily Stromboidea is a clade of morphologically distinctive gastropods which include the iconic Strombidae, or ‘true conchs’. In this study, we present the most taxonomically extensive phylogeny of the superfamily to date, using fossil calibrations to produce a chronogram and extant geographical distributions to reconstruct ancestral ranges. From these results, we confirm the monophyly of all stromboidean families; however, six genera are not monophyletic using current generic assignments (Strombidae: Lentigo , Canarium , Dolomena , Doxander ; Xenophoridae: Onustus , Xenophora ). Within Strombidae, analyses resolve an Indo‐West Pacific (IWP) clade sister to an East Pacific/Atlantic clade, together sister to a second, larger IWP clade. Our results also indicate two pulses of strombid diversification within the Miocene, and a Tethyan/IWP origin for Strombidae—both supported by the fossil record. However, conflicts between divergence time estimates and the fossil record warrant further exploration. Species delimitation analyses using the COI barcoding gene support several taxonomic changes. We synonymise Euprotomus aurora with Euprotomus bulla , Strombus alatus with Strombus pugilis , Dolomena abbotti with Dolomena labiosa , and Dolomena operosa with Dolomena vittata . We identified cryptic species complexes within Terebellum terebellum , Lambis lambis , “Canarium” wilsonorum , Dolomena turturella and Maculastrombus mutabilis . We reinstate Rimellopsis laurenti as a species (previously synonymised with R. powisii ) and recognise Harpago chiragra rugosus and Lambis truncata sowerbyi valid at the rank of species. Finally, we establish several new combinations to render Lentigo , Dolomena , and Canarium monophyletic: Lentigo thersites , Dolomena robusta , Dolomena epidromis , Dolomena turturella , Dolomena taeniata , Dolomena vanikorensis , D. vittata , “Canarium” wilsonorum , Hawaiistrombus scalariformis , Maculastrombus mutabilis , Maculastrombus microurceus .

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 3, Restricted, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, Tuhaa Pae 2013

This study combines phylogenetic analyses of mitochondrial DNA sequences with comparative morphological analyses to revise the taxonomy of 101 nominal siphonariid species from the Indo-West Pacific belonging to the genera Siphonaria Sowerby I, 1823 and Williamia Monterosato, 1884. We have examined preserved specimens that have been newly collected at 462 sites across Australasia, the Indo-West Pacific, and in temperate zones of the northern and southern Pacific. Critically, our sampling includes topotypic specimens of 98 nominal species. The study area covered herein extends between the latitudes of 60°N and 55°S and the longitudes of 37°E and 175°W. We have sequenced two mitochondrial genes (COI and 16S) from 546 individuals and conducted a phylogenetic analysis including additional sequences from GenBank. We also studied the anatomy of 436 individuals using dissections and scanning electron microscopy. This study offers a comprehensive documentation and taxonomic assessment of type specimens for nearly all examined nominal species. Our taxonomic revision leads us to accept 88 species, which are thoroughly redescribed. 52 nominal species are treated as synonyms of earlier names, 41 of which are newly synonymized herein. Thirteen species names are deemed unavailable or invalid under the rules of zoological nomenclature, and six names are considered as nomina dubia or nomina inquirenda, notably including the oldest name, Patella laciniosa, which was widely used previously. In addition, we describe 40 new species. We have identified eleven species with broad distributions in the IWP and beyond and four species with more limited distributions than previously accepted. Notably, many species have narrow ranges, some being single island endemics. To stabilize taxonomic names, we have designated neotypes for seven species (Siphonaria sipho Sowerby I, 1823, Patella japonica Donovan, 1824, S. obliquata Sowerby I, 1825, Pileopsis radiata Blainville, 1826, S. radians H. Adams & A. Adams, 1855, S. incerta Deshayes, 1863, and S. tasmanica Tenison Woods, 1877) and lectotypes for 25 species (Patella javanica Lamarck, 1819, S. albicante Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. atra Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. capensis Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. denticulata Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. diemenensis Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. guamensis Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. plana Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. plicata Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. punctata Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. viridis Quoy & Gaimard, 1833, S. savignyi Krauss, 1848, S. cancer Reeve, 1856, S. bifurcata Reeve, 1856, S. funiculata Reeve, 1856, S. kurracheensis Reeve, 1856, S. lirata Reeve, 1856, S. scabra Reeve, 1856, S. belcheri Hanley, 1858, S. nuttallii Hanley, 1858, S. nigerrima Smith, 1903, S. madagascariensis Odhner, 1919, S. alba Hubendick, 1943, M. lentulus Iredale, 1940, H. monticulus Iredale, 1940 and M. oppositus Iredale, 1940).

INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006

The superfamily Olivoidea is broadly distributed in the world’s oceans mostly in coastal waters at tropical and subtropical latitudes. It encompasses around 30 Recent genera and 460 species. Two families – Olividae and Olivellidae – are classically recognized within the superfamily. Their shell is very characteristic due to the presence of a modified callused anterior end and a fasciole. Prior to the present work, neither the monophyly of the superfamily nor the relationships among its genera had been tested with molecular phylogenetics. Four genetic markers [cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (COI), 16S and 12S rRNA mitochondrial genes, and Histone 3 (H3) nuclear gene] were sequenced for 42 species in 14 genera. Additionally, 18 species were sequenced for COI only. The molecular dataset was supplemented by anatomical and radula data. Our analysis recovered, albeit with weak support, a monophyletic Olivoidea, which in turn includes with 100% support, in addition to traditional olivoideans, representatives of a paraphyletic Pseudolividae. The relationships between the former families and subfamilies are drastically revised and a new classification of the superfamily is here proposed, now including five families: Bellolividae fam. nov., Benthobiidae fam. nov., Olividae, Pseudolividae and Ancillariidae. Within Olividae four subfamilies are recognized, reflecting the high morphological disparity within the family: Olivinae, Olivellinae, Agaroniinae and Calyptolivinae subfam. nov. All the recent genera are discussed and reclassified based on molecular phylogeny and/or morphology and anatomy. The homology of different features of the shells is established for the first time throughout the superfamily, and a refined terminology is proposed. Based on a correlation between anatomical characteristics and shell features and observations of live animals, we make hypotheses on which part of the mantle is responsible for depositing which callused feature of the shell. Our results demonstrate that morphological data alone should be used with caution for phylogenetic reconstructions. For instance, the radula – that is otherwise considered to be of fundamental importance in the taxonomy of Neogastropoda – is extremely variable within the single family Olividae, with a range of variation larger than within the rest of the entire superfamily. In the refined classification, Pseudolividae are nested within Olivoidea, which is partially returning to ‘the roots’, that is to the classification of Thiele (1929).

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, Restricted, EBISCO, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES

In the course of preparation of a new molecular phylogeny of Conoidea based on exon-capture some new species and species with notable morphology were revealed. The taxonomy of these species is discussed and the radula of most of them illustrated for the first time. New genera are described: Comispira gen. nov. (Cochlespiridae), type species Leucosyrinx mai Li et Li, 2008; Pagodaturris gen. nov. (Clavatulidae), type species Pleurotoma molengraaffi Tesch, 1915. New species described: Comispira compta gen. et sp. nov., Sibogasyrinx sangeri sp. nov. (both Cochlespiridae), Pagodaturris philippinensis gen. et sp. nov. (Clavatulidae), Horaiclavus micans sp. nov., Iwaoa invenusta sp. nov. (both Horaiclavidae), Lucerapex cracens sp. nov., Lucerapex laevicarinatus sp. nov. (Turridae), Heteroturris kanacospira sp. nov. (Borsoniidae). Epideira Hedley, 1918 is reallocated from Pseudomelatomidae to Horaiclavidae. The radulae of Kuroshioturris nipponica (Shuto, 1961) (Turridae), Leucosyrinx verrillii (Dall, 1881), and Leucosyrinx luzonica (Powell, 1969) comb. nov. are illustrated for the first time.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CEAMARC-AA, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, MADEEP, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, ZhongSha 2015

ABSTRACT The family Turridae, once considered to encompass the entire diversity of Conoidea, excluding only the cone shells (family Conidae) and the auger shells (family Terebridae), has undergone significant redefinition based on both morphological and molecular data. Prior to this study, it included 15 Recent genera, comprising 209 species. However, a recent comprehensive analysis of an extensive dataset featuring 3,159 cytochrome c oxidase subunit I sequences has unveiled numerous species complexes, new species and previously undiscovered deep lineages. The newly proposed classification of Turridae based on an exon-capture phylogeny recognizes 24 clades, each worthy of genus rank, though only 13 of them had available names. As a result, 11 new genera have been described, namely Thielesyrinx n. gen., Shutogemmula n. gen., Mcleanigemmula n. gen., Pseudogemmula n. gen., Deceptigemmula n. gen., Oliveragemmula n. gen., Powelligemmula n. gen., Kilburnigemmula n. gen., Alisigemmula n. gen., Taylorigemmula n. gen. and Anisogemmula n. gen. With the exception of Thielesyrinx n. gen., species from all of these were previously classified within Gemmula, or Lophiotoma. Notably, some new genera, such as Deceptigemmula n. gen., Kilburnigemmula n. gen., Shutogemmula n. gen. and Taylorigemmula n. gen., cannot be morphologically differentiated, as similar species are found in other genera. Therefore, their distinction relies solely on molecular data. The name Eugemmula is re-instated from the synonymy of Gemmula. Purpuraturris is synonimized with Annulaturris, while Iotyrris with Xenuroturris. In total, we recognize 312 species/primary species hypotheses (PSHs) within the family. Molecular data were obtained for 212 species (among them 15 species complexes comprising in total 45 PSHs), mostly for the first time. A characteristic feature common to the entire family is the position of the relatively narrow anal sinus on the whorl periphery or immediately above it. Radula was examined in representatives of all genera. Although in several cases the radular morphology can aid genus differentiation (e.g. distinguishing Turris from Annulaturris), it is mostly a highly homoplastic structure, with very similar radular types occurring in distantly related genera.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KOUMAC 2.1, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TAIWAN 2004, TAIWAN 2013, TARASOC, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

A unique radular configuration for Conoidea, consisting of five teeth in a transverse row (acuspate platelike central and laterals, and duplex marginal teeth), was found in three species previously described in the genus Clavatula: C. delphinae, C. pseudomystica and C. christianae. Analysis of the COI gene demonstrated that they belong to the family Clavatulidae. Paraclavatula n. gen. is described. No similar radulae have been found previously among Conoidea and their morphology suggests that the presence of well-defined lateral teeth is more broadly distributed within Conoidea than previously anticipated. Based on radular morphology alone, it would not be possible to attribute the genus to any presently recognized family of Conoidea.

ATIMO VATAE, EBISCO, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, Restricted, TAIWAN 2004

According to a recent taxonomic revision by Kantor et al. (2001), the neogastropod genus Exilia Conrad, 1860, comprises ten mostly rare species that live at depths between 200 and 2000 m. Adult Exilia measure between 30 and 90 mm in shell length, and the genus is mostly represented in museum collections by empty shells. The abundance of this genus is low in the wild, but recent expeditions organized by the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle have yielded several dozen specimens. These new collections include samples preserved for molecular studies. Here, we present the results of the first molecular systematic study of Exilia. Our aim was to investigate the species limits proposed by Kantor et al. (2001) on the basis of shell and anatomical characters. Analysis of DNA sequence data for the cytochrome c oxidase I gene suggests that Exilia hilgendorfi, previously considered to be a single, polymorphic and broadly distributed species, is a complex of at least six species (four of which we sequenced). Two of these species, Exilia cognata n. sp. and E. fedosovi n. sp., are described as new to science. Exilia gracilior, E. claydoni and E. prellei are resurrected from the synonymy of Exilia hilgendorfi; of these three, only the last was sequenced. Exilia vagrans is a welldefined taxon, but our molecular systematic data shows that it consists of two distinct species, which occur sympatrically off Taiwan and are strikingly similar in shell and radular morphology; due to the absence of DNA sequence data from the type locality of E. vagrans (Vanuatu), it is unclear to which of these two species the name would apply. Exilia karukera n. sp., which is conchologically very similar to E. vagrans, was discovered off Guadeloupe, represents the first record of the genus from the Atlantic. For E. elegans, which was previously known only from a single shell, we provide new data including new distributional records (South Africa and the Mozambique Channel), details of the radula and DNA sequence data.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TAIWAN 2013, TARASOC, TERRASSES

Abstract The superfamily Buccinoidea is distributed across the oceans of the world from the Arctic Ocean to the Antarctic and from intertidal to abyssal depths. It encompasses 3351 recent species in 337 genera. The latest taxonomic account recognized eight full families. For the first time, the monophyly of the superfamily and the relationships among the families are tested with molecular data supplemented by anatomical and radula data. Five genetic markers were used: fragments of mitochondrial COI, 16S rRNA, 12S rRNA and nuclear Histone 3 (H3) and 28S rRNA genes (for 225 species of 117 genera). Our analysis recovered Buccinoidea monophyletic in Bayesian analyses. The relationships between the formerly recognized families and subfamilies are drastically revised and a new classification of the superfamily is here proposed, now including 20 taxa of family rank and 23 subfamilies. Five new families (Chauvetiidae, Dolicholatiridae, Eosiphonidae, Prodotiidae and Retimohniidae) and one subfamily of Nassariidae (Tomliniinae) are described. Austrosiphonidae and Tudiclidae are resurrected from synonymy and employed in a new taxonomical extension. All but 40 recent genera are reclassified. Our results demonstrate that anatomy is rather uniform within the superfamily. With exceptions, the rather uniform radular morphology alone does not allow the allocation of genera to a particular family without additional molecular data.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 1, Restricted, Restricted, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVALAN 2018, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, Restricted, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2004, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted, ZhongSha 2015

The new family Belomitridae is established for the deep-water buccinoid genus Belomitra P. Fischer, 1883, based on morphological (shell and radulae) and molecular evidence. The rachiglossate radula is uniquely characterized by a multicuspid rachidian and lateral teeth with very long narrow bases and two small cusps closer to tip. Molecular analysis of a reduced set of Buccinoidea did not resolve the group as a clade, but shows that Belomitridae forms a well supported clade within Buccinoidea. Species of Belomitra have adult sizes in the 7-53 mm range; they live in deep water, mostly in the 500-2,000 meters range, at low and mid latitudes. Eleven valid species described from the Indo-Pacific were originally named in the families Buccinidae, Columbellidae, Cancellariidae, Volutidae, and Turridae. Fourteen new species are described: Belomitra nesiotica n. sp. (Society Islands to Tonga and Fiji in 580-830 m), B. bouteti n. sp. (Society and Tuamotu Islands in 430-830 m), B. subula n. sp. (Solomon Islands to Vanuatu in 760-1110 m), B. caudata n. sp. (Sulu Sea in 2300 m), B. gymnobela n. sp. (South Pacific, eastern Indonesia and Philippines in 780-2040 m), B. hypsomitra n. sp. (Fiji in 392-407 m), B. brachymitra n. sp. (Fiji in 395-540 m), B. comitas n. sp. (Madagascar and Philippines in 1075-1110 m), B. minutula (Coral Sea in 490 m), B. granulata n. sp. (New Caledonia in 105-860 m), B. reticulata n. sp. (Tonga and Fiji to New Caledonia in 395-656 m), B. decapitata n. sp. (Indian Ocean and New Caledonia in 3680-4400 m), B. admete n. sp. (off Sri Lanka in 2540 m), and B. radula n. sp. (Madagascar in 367-488 m).

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Buccinidae—like other canivorous and predatory molluscs—are generally considered to be occasional visitors or rare colonizers in deep-sea biogenic habitats. However, casual observations during tropical deep-sea cruises suggest that associations between buccinids and sunken wood, in particular, are not fortuitous. Enigmatocolus monnieri has been found to co-occur in Madagascar with bathymodiolines, vesicomyids and solemyids, indicating the presence of seeps, and species of Thermosipho gen. Nov. Have been sampled by submersibles and remotely operated vehicles, exclusively from hydrothermal vents. A molecular phylogeny (based on CO1, 12S and 28S genes) reveals that buccinid genera potentially associated with sunken wood (Eosipho, Gaillea gen. Nov., Calagrassor gen. Nov., and Manaria) are closely related to taxa from vents (Thermosipho gen. Nov.) and seeps (Enigmaticolus). The anatomy of several dissected species did not reveal any special trait that could be interpreted as a special adaptation to biogenic substrates. Buccinids from sunken wood are most diverse in the Indo-Pacific centre of marine biodiversity, the ‘Coral Triangle’, at depths between 100 and 1000 m, with numerous species still undescribed.

AURORA 2007, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

Most neogastropod families have a continuous record from the Cretaceous or Paleogene to the Recent. However, the fossil record also contains a number of obscure nominal families with unusual shell characters that are not adequately placed in the current classification. Some of these are traditionally regarded as valid, and some have been “lost” in synonymy. One such “lost” family is the Pyramimitridae, established by Cossmann in 1901 for the Eocene genus Pyramimitra, and currently included in the synonymy of Buccinidae. Examination of several species of inconspicuous, small turriform gastropods has revealed a radula type so far unknown in Neogastropoda, and their shell characters identify them as members of the "extinct" family Pyramimitridae. Neither the radular morphology nor the anatomy reveal the relationships of this enigmatic, “living fossil” family. Molecular data (12S, 16S, 28S, COI) confirm the recognition of Pyramimitridae as a distinct family, but no sister group was identified in the analysis. The family Pyramimitridae Cossmann, 1901, is thus restored as a valid family of Neogastropoda that includes the genera Pyramimitra Conrad, 1865, Endiatoma Cossmann, 1896, Vaughanites Woodring, 1928, Hortia Lozouet, 1999, and Teremitra new genus. Pyramimitrids occur in the Recent fauna at bathyal depths of the Indo- Pacific from Taiwan to Madagascar and New Zealand, with three genera and nine species (all but one new).

ATIMO VATAE, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOPAPUA, EXBODI, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2004, TERRASSES

Five new species of Olivoidea are described based on molecular and morphological evidence: four shallow subtidal Ancilla from Madagascar and Papua New Guinea, and one deep water (500-600 m) Calyptoliva from the Tuamotus. The sympatric – but not syntopic - Ancilla morrisoni and A. kaviengensis, from New Ireland province, are morphologically cryptic, differing mostly in shell colour, but are molecularly distinct. The sympatric – and possibly syntopic – Ancilla atimovatae and A. lhaumeti, belong to a species flock from southernmost Madagascar; A. atimovatae is conchologically nearly indistinguishable from A. ventricosa, but differs markedly in radular morphology. Calyptoliva was previously known only from the Coral Sea; C. bbugae is the first representative of the genus to yield molecular data. The new Ancilla are described based on sequenced holotypes; the type material of the new Calyptoliva includes a sequenced paratype.

ATIMO VATAE, CONCALIS, EXBODI, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, TARASOC

The genus Pseudolatirus Bellardi, 1884, with the Miocene type species Fusus bilineatus Hörnes, 1853, has been used for 13 Miocene to Early Pleistocene fossil species and eight Recent species and has traditionally been placed in the fasciolariid subfamily Peristerniinae Tryon, 1880. Although the fossil species are apparently peristerniines, the Recent species were in their majority suspected to be most closely related to Granulifusus Kuroda & Habe, 1954 in the subfamily Fusininae Wrigley, 1927. Their close affinity was confirmed by the molecular phylogenetic analysis of Couto et al. (2016). In the molecular phylogenetic section we present a more detailed analysis of the relationships of 10 Recent Pseudolatirus-like species, erect two new fusinine genera, Okutanius gen. nov. (type species Fusolatirus kuroseanus Okutani, 1975) and Vermeijius gen. nov. (type species Pseudolatirus pallidus Kuroda & Habe, 1961). Five species are described as new for science, three of them are based on sequenced specimens (Granulifusus annae sp. nov., G. norfolkensis sp. nov., Okutanius ellenae gen. et sp. nov.) and two (G. tatianae sp. nov., G. guidoi sp. nov.) are attributed to Granulifusus on the basis of conchological similarities to sequenced species. New data on radular morphology is presented for examined species.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, Restricted, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, GUYANE 2014, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MADEEP, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, Restricted

The abyssal and hadal Buccinoidea from the north-western Pacific formerly attributed to the genera Tacita and Calliloncha were analyzed for the first time using both multilocus molecular and morphological data. The results allow re-evaluation of the inter- and intrageneric variability of morphological characters and demonstrate that Tacita, Calliloncha and Paracalliloncha are synonyms of Bayerius, a genus widely distributed in the Pacific Ocean. In our reconstructed phylogeny the genus forms a maximally supported clade with Pararetifusus tenuis and Turrisipho dalli. At present, Bayerius includes 10 species, two of which are described herein as new to science, B. inflatus sp. nov. and B. nekrasovorum sp. nov. with one additional undescribed species represented in our material by a single specimen. The genus is reviewed, with the addition of new data on anatomy and distribution, based on newly obtained material. B. peruvianus is synonymized with B. zenkewitchi. Calliloncha nankaiensis together with Costaria crosnieri are attributed to a new genus, Warenius gen. nov., which clusters with several genera of Buccinoidea from biogenic substrata.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2004, ZhongSha 2015

In the ancillariid genus Amalda, the shell is character rich and 96 described species are currently treated as valid. Based on shell morphology, several subspecies have been recognized within Amalda hilgendorfi, with a combined range extending at depths of 150–750 m from Japan to the South-West Pacific. A molecular analysis of 78 specimens from throughout this range shows both a weak geographical structuring and evidence of gene flow at the regional scale. We conclude that recognition of subspecies (richeri Kilburn & Bouchet, 1988, herlaari van Pel, 1989, and vezzaroi Cossignani, 2015) within A. hilgendorfi is not justified. By contrast, hilgendorfi-like specimens from the Mozambique Channel and New Caledonia are molecularly segregated, and so are here described as new, as Amalda miriky sp. nov. and A. cacao sp. nov., respectively. The New Caledonia Amalda montrouzieri complex is shown to include at least three molecularly separable species, including A. allaryi and A. alabaster sp. nov. Molecular data also confirm the validity of the New Caledonia endemics Amalda aureomarginata, A. fuscolingua, A. bellonarum, and A. coriolis. The existence of narrow range endemics suggests that the species limits of Amalda with broad distributions, extending, e.g., from Japan to Taiwan (A. hinomotoensis) or even Indonesia, the Strait of Malacca, Vietnam and the China Sea (A. mamillata) should be taken with caution.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, Restricted, ZhongSha 2015

The genus Sibogasyrinx has to date included only four species of rare deep-water Conoidea, each known from few specimens. In shell characters it strongly resembles three distantly-related genera, two of which, Comitas and Leucosyrinx, belong to a different family, the Pseudomelatomidae. A molecular phylogenetic analysis of a large amount of material of Conoidea has revealed the existence of much additional undescribed diversity within Sibogasyrinx from the central Indo-Pacific and temperate Northern Pacific. Based on partial sequences of the mitochondrial cox1 gene and morphological characters of 54 specimens, 10 species hypotheses are proposed, of which six are described as new species: S. subula sp. nov., S. lolae sp. nov., S. maximei sp. nov., S. clausura sp. nov., S. pagodiformis sp. nov. and S. elbakyanae Kantor, Puillandre & Bouchet sp. nov. One of the previously described species was absent in our material. Most of the new species are very similar and are compared to Leucosyrinx spp. Species of Sibogasyrinx are unique among Conoidea on account of the high intrageneric variability in radular morphology. Three distinct radula types are found within Sibogasyrinx, two of which are confined to highly supported subclades.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, KANADEEP, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

Abstract The family Cocculinidae (Gastropoda: Cocculinida) consists of small, usually colourless benthic limpets living primarily at depths below 100 m, and on decaying plant or animal remains. These habitats are difficult to sample and the knowledge about Cocculinidae species diversity, biogeography, ecology and evolution is therefore poor. To explore the species diversity of the Cocculinidae, we examined 499 specimens collected from 196 sites, mainly explored during expeditions of the ‘Tropical Deep-Sea Benthos’ programme in the Indo-West Pacific (IWP). To propose a species hypotheses, we used an integrated approach to taxonomy in which we combined DNA-based methods, with morphological, geographical and ecological considerations. To classify the species hypotheses into genera, we used a combination of one mitochondrial and two nuclear gene fragments to reconstruct a phylogenetic tree. We then used six morphological characters to diagnose the identified genera. Our results revealed an exceptionally high diversity of IWP Cocculinidae, with 51 species hypotheses that were mostly not assigned to available species names. We also discovered a previously unknown type of copulatory structure in the group. At a higher taxonomic level, we identified ten main clades in the family. Although six of them matched existing genera, four others should be regarded as new genera awaiting formal description.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, KAVALAN 2018, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2013

The family Pinnidae Leach, 1819, includes approximately 50 species of large subtidal and coastal marine bivalves. These commercially important species occur in tropical and temperate waters around the world and are most frequently found in seagrass meadows. The taxonomy of the family has been revised a number of times since the early 20th Century, the most recent revision recognizing 55 species distributed in three genera: Pinna, Atrina and Streptopinna, the latter being monotypic. However, to date no phylogenetic analysis of the family has been conducted using morphological or molecular data. The present study analyzed 306 pinnid specimens from around the world, comprising the three described genera and ca. 25 morphospecies. We sequenced the mitochondrial genes 16S rRNA and cytochrome c oxidase subunit I, and the nuclear ribosomal genes 18S rRNA and 28S rRNA. Phylogenetic analysis of the data revealed monophyly of the genus Atrina but also that the genus Streptopinna is nested within Pinna. Based on the strong support for this relationship we propose a new status for Streptopinna Martens, 1880 and treat it as a subgenus (status nov.) of Pinna Linnaeus, 1758. The phylogeny and the species delimitation analyses suggest the presence of cryptic species in many morphospecies displaying a wide Indo-Pacific distribution, including Pinna muricata, Atrina assimilis, A. exusta and P. (Streptopinna) saccata but also in the Atlantic species A. rigida. Altogether our results highlight the challenges associated with morphological identifications in Pinnidae due to the presence of both phenotypic plasticity and morphological stasis and reveal that many pinnid species are not as widely distributed as previously thought.

BIOPAPUA, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, RAPA 2002, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

Cancellariidae, or nutmeg shells, is a family of marine gastropods that feed on the body fluids and the egg cases of marine animals. The 300 or so living species are distributed worldwide, mostly on soft bottoms, from intertidal to depths of about 1000 m. Although they are a key group for the understanding of neogastropod evolution, they are still poorly known in terms of anatomy, ecology and systematics. This paper reports the first mitochondrial multi-gene phylogenetic hypothesis for the group. Data were collected for 50 morphospecies, representative of 22 genera belonging to the three currently recognized subfamilies. Sequences from three genes (12S, 16S and COI) were analyzed with Maximum Likelihood analysis and Bayesian Inference, both as single gene datasets and in two partitioned concatenated alignment. Largely consistent topologies were obtained and discussed with respect to the traditional subfamilial arrangements. The obtained phylogenetic trees were also used to produce Robinson-Foulds supertrees. Our results confirmed the monophyly of the subfamily Plesiotritoninae, while Admetinae and Cancellariinae, as currently conceived, were retrieved as polyphyletic. Based on our findings we propose changes to the systematic arrangement of these subfamilies. At a lower taxonomic rank, our results highlighted the rampant homoplasy of many characters traditionally used to segregate genera, and thus the need of a critical re-evaluation of the contents of many genera (e.g. Nipponaphera, Merica, Sydaphera, Bivetia), the monophyly of which was not recovered.

AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

ATIMO VATAE

Devising a reproducible approach for species delimitation of hyperdiverse groups is an ongoing challenge in evolutionary biology. Speciation processes combine modes of passive and adaptive trait divergence requiring an integrative taxonomy approach to accurately generate robust species hypotheses. However, in light of the rapid decline of diversity on Earth, complete integrative approaches may not be practical in certain species-rich environments. As an alternative, we applied a two-step strategy combining ABGD (Automated Barcode Gap Discovery) and Klee diagrams, to balance speed and accuracy in producing primary species hypotheses (PSHs). Specifically, an ABGD/Klee approach was used for species delimitation in the Terebridae, a neurotoxin-producing marine snail family included in the Conoidea. Delimitation of species boundaries is problematic in the Conoidea, as traditional taxonomic approaches are hampered by the high levels of variation, convergence and morphological plasticity of shell characters. We used ABGD to analyze gaps in the distribution of pairwise distances of 454 COI sequences attributed to 87 morphospecies and obtained 98 to 125 Primary Species Hypotheses (PSHs). The PSH partitions were subsequently visualized as a Klee diagram color map, allowing easy detection of the incongruences that were further evaluated individually with two other species delimitation models, General Mixed Yule Coalescent (GMYC) and Poisson Tree Processes (PTP). GMYC and PTP results confirmed the presence of 17 putative cryptic terebrid species in our dataset. The consensus of GMYC, PTP, and ABGD/Klee findings suggest the combination of ABGD and Klee diagrams is an effective approach for rapidly proposing primary species proxies in hyperdiverse groups and a reliable first step for macroscopic biodiversity assessment.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, EBISCO, EXBODI, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES, Restricted

Abstract How species diversification occurs remains an unanswered question in predatory marine invertebrates, such as sea snails of the family Terebridae. However, the anatomical disparity found throughput the Terebridae provides a unique perspective for investigating diversification patterns in venomous predators. In this study, a new dated molecular phylogeny of the Terebridae is used as a framework for investigating diversification of the family through time, and for testing the putative role of intrinsic and extrinsic traits, such as shell size, larval ecology, bathymetric distribution, and anatomical features of the venom apparatus, as drivers of terebrid species diversification. Macroevolutionary analysis revealed that when diversification rates do not vary across Terebridae clades, the whole family has been increasing its global diversification rate since 25 Ma. We recovered evidence for a concurrent increase in diversification of depth ranges, while shell size appeared to have undergone a fast divergence early in terebrid evolutionary history. Our data also confirm that planktotrophy is the ancestral larval ecology in terebrids, and evolutionary modeling highlighted that shell size is linked to larval ecology of the Terebridae, with species with long-living pelagic larvae tending to be larger and have a broader size range than lecithotrophic species. Although we recovered patterns of size and depth trait diversification through time and across clades, the presence or absence of a venom gland (VG) did not appear to have impacted Terebridae diversification. Terebrids have lost their venom apparatus several times and we confirm that the loss of a VG happened in phylogenetically clustered terminal taxa and that reversal is extremely unlikely. Our findings suggest that environmental factors, and not venom, have had more influence on terebrid evolution.

ATIMO VATAE, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

MAINBAZA

Donacidae is a commercially important family of heterodont bivalves and one of the few bivalve lineages that has successfully colonised brackish and fresh waters. However, to date, no phylogenetic hypothesis exists for this widely distributed group. Here we turn to molecular data from the nuclear and mitochondrial genomes and combine these with the extensive fossil record of donacids to propose an evolutionary hypothesis for the family. Our analyses strongly support the monophyly of Donacidae, including Galatea, Iphigenia and ‘Plebidonax’ deltoides, but render Donax paraphyletic. The subgenus Latona is therefore elevated to genus to accommodate a clade of Indo-Pacific species, while retaining Donax for a clade of mostly Atlantic and American Pacific species, and a few Indo-Pacific species. This latter clade is sister group to Galatea + Iphigenia. The diversification of Donacidae seems to be tightly connected to the opening of the North and South Atlantic Oceans in the Cretaceous, and to the closing of the Tethys Ocean during the Oligocene. Taxonomic actions: Latona columbella (Lamarck, 1818) comb. nov., L. deltoides (Lamarck, 1818) comb. nov., L. dysoni (Reeve, 1854) comb. nov., L. madagascariensis (W. Wood, 1828) comb. nov., L. semisulcata semigranosa (Dunker, 1877) comb. nov., L. spinosa (Gmelin, 1791) comb. nov., L. sordida (Hanley, 1845) comb. nov., L. siliqua (Römer, 1870) comb. nov., L.trifasciata (Linnaeus, 1758) comb. nov. and L. victoris (Fischer-Piette, 1942) comb. nov.Key

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006

MIRIKY

The cone fauna of southernmost Madagascar is reviewed based on the material collected during the Atimo Vatae expedition. The expedition involved sampling from the intertidal to nearshore by diving to ca 40 m, and offshore by dredging and trawling to 700 m. A total of 75 cone species was sampled. Strikingly, many tropical species are represented in the study area by single specimens whereas these are often quite common elsewhere in the tropical SW Indian Ocean, and it is hypothesized that these represent vagrants of occasionally settling larvae, rather than reproductive, self-recruiting populations. With these limitations, the resident cone fauna of Madagascar “Deep South” probably consists of 58 species, of which 10 (17%) are regional endemics, thus confirming the existence of a distinct marine ecoregion, termed “Toliaran Sub-Province” by Lorenz, which matches the distribution of seasonal upwelling fronts in South Madagascar.

ATIMO VATAE

Four new species, belonging to four distinct conoidean families, are described from east Africa and Mozambique Channel. Iredalea adenensis sp. nov. (Drilliidae Olsson, 1964), from Gulf of Aden, and Buchema shearmani sp. nov. (Horaiclavidae Bouchet et al., 2011), from off Mogadishu (Somalia), both trawled by local fishermen, represent the first record of their respective genera in eastern Africa. Crassispira somalica sp. nov. (Pseudomelatomidae Morrison, 1965), also collected offshore from Modagishu (Somalia), represents the first eastern Africa species bearing “typical” Crassispira features. Tropidoturris vizcondei sp. nov. (Borsoniidae Bellardi, 1875), from the Mozambique Channel, increases the knowledge of a genus considered endemic to southeastern Africa.

MAINBAZA

MAINBAZA

In this study, we delved into the interaction between corallivorous marine gastropods, the muricid Coralliophilinae Chenu, 1859, and their cnidarian food targets. Coralliophilinae is a subfamily of specialised corallivorous caenogastropods that feed by browsing on octocorals or hexacorals. Only sparse information is available on the phylogenetic relationships and the degree of specificity of the trophic relationships within this corallivorous lineage. To address these gaps, we generated the largest molecular dataset to date, comprising two mitochondrial (cox1 and 16S rDNA) and one nuclear gene (ITS2 rDNA) from 586 specimens collected worldwide. The coral hosts of coralliophilines were identified through an integrative approach, combining literature data with new records, employing morphological and/or molecular markers, and incorporating data from DNA barcoding of the snail stomach content. Our comprehensive approach unveiled the existence of numerous cryptic species in Coralliophilinae, while the phylogeny showed that most of the currently accepted genera are not monophyletic. The molecular dating confirmed the origin of the Coralliophilinae in Middle Eocene, with diversification of most lineages during the Miocene. Our results indicate that the subfamily’s ancestor evolved in shallow waters in association with Scleractinia. Through the evolutionary history of Coralliophilinae, multiple host shifts to other cnidarian orders were observed, not correlated with changes in the depth range. The results of diversification analyses within the subfamily further suggest that the association with the host has influenced the evolutionary patterns of Coralliophilinae, but not vice versa.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 2, CORSICABENTHOS 3, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, LIFOU 2000, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Walters Shoal, ZhongSha 2015

Introduction Host-parasite associations provide very useful models to study adaptive processes. We investigated the interaction between carnivorous marine gastropods, the Ovulidae or egg-cowries, and their cnidarian food targets. Ovulidae (Fleming, 1828), is a family of specialized carnivorous caenogastropods that feed by browsing on octocorals (Anthozoa: Octocorallia: Malacalcyonacea and Scleralcyonacea) or, to a much lesser degree, on antipatharians (Anthozoa: Hexacorallia: Antipatharia) and Stylasteridae (Hydrozoa: Hydroidolina: Anthoathecata). Very scanty information is available on the phylogenetic relationships and the degree of specificity of the relationship with the cnidarians of this corallivorous lineage, especially for deep-water taxa. Methods To assess taxonomic identifications and investigate cnidarian/ovulid relationships in the context of their evolution, we generated an extensive molecular dataset comprising two mitochondrial ( cox1 and 16S rDNA ) and one nuclear gene ( 28S rDNA ) from 524 specimens collected worldwide. The coral hosts of the ovulid species have been identified by integrating literature data with new records, employing morphological and/or molecular (the mitochondrial 16S rDNA and mtMSH , and the nuclear ITS2) markers. Results We obtained a molecular phylogenetic framework for the Ovulidae, time-calibrated with nine reliable fossil records. An ancestral state reconstruction allowed to identify Hexacorallia or Hydroidolina as the most likely ancestral cnidarian host for the Ovulidae. Discussion Our phylogenetic hypothesis revealed the existence of groups that do not completely correspond to the currently employed subfamilial arrangement. Concerning trophic ecology, while only pediculariines ( Pedicularia and allied) are associated with hydrozoans (Stylasteridae), our results suggest that some ovulid lineages shifted independently between octocorals and hexacorals.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOMAGLO, CORSICABENTHOS 1, CORSICABENTHOS 2, CORSICABENTHOS 3, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SPANBIOS, ZhongSha 2015

The cephalaspidean gastropod genus Haminoea has been considered a worldwide radiation with species living in intertidal and shallow areas with algae, seagrass sandy-mud, mangroves, and coral reefs. Recently this monophyletic status was questioned and it was suggested that Haminoea proper only included Atlantic plus eastern Pacific species, whereas the Indo-West Pacific species were a separate radiation belonging to the genus Haloa. In this work we used an extended dataset of Haminoea sensu lato including to our best knowledge representatives of all Indo-West Pacific species, plus a large representation of Atlantic and eastern Pacific species. Bayesian and maximum likelihood molecular phylogenetic analyses using three mitochondrial (COI, 12S rRNA, 16S rRNA) and two nuclear genes (28S rRNA and Histone-3) were employed to study relationships and diversification including also the closely related genus Smaragdinella. Our results support a monophyletic Atlantic + eastern Pacific Haminoea clade and a monophyletic Indo-West Pacific radiation with five genera all defined by unique morphological characters and ecological requirements, namely Haloa proper with tropical and sub-tropical species spread across the Indo-West Pacific, Lamprohaminoea including only colourful species of tropical and subtropical affinity, Bakawan gen. nov. with species associated with mangrove habitats across the tropical eastern Indian Ocean and western Pacific, Papawera gen. nov. restricted to temperate waters of Australasia, and Smaragdinella the only cephalaspidean genus inhabiting intertidal hard substrates across sub-tropical and tropical regions of the Indo-West Pacific. This result suggests the role of the closure of the Tethys seaway structuring the phylogeny of worldwide “Haminoea” snails and of ecology driving the phylogenetic structure of the IndoWest Pacific radiation.

INHACA 2011, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

The genus Lamprohaminoea includes species of colourful haminoeid snails associated with coral reefs and rocky shores in the tropical Indo-West Pacific. In this work, we revise the diversity and systematics of Lamprohaminoea species based on a phylogenetic hypothesis and on a detailed morphological analysis of specimens. Shells, external features of the animals and anatomical characters from the jaws, radula, gizzard plates, and male reproductive system were studied by optical and scanning electron microscopy. Additionally, a molecular species delimitation analysis based on the Automatic Barcode Gap Discovery method using DNA sequences of the cytochrome c oxidase subunit I was implemented. Five species were recognised, three of them new to science, namely L. cymbalum, L. ovalis, L. vamiziensis sp. nov., L. evelinae sp. nov., and L. mikkelsenae sp. nov. Morphologically, these species can be separated by subtle differences of their external colouration and by features of the male reproductive system. Lamprohaminoea vamiziensis sp. nov. is known only from the western Indian Ocean and L. evelinae sp. nov., from the west Pacific, whereas the other three occur across the Indo-West Pacific realm.

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

The genus Haloa includes dull-coloured species of haminoeid snails inhabiting tidal and shallow waters of the tropical and sub-tropical Indo-West Pacific. This paper reports on the diversity and systematics of Haloa based on the phylogenetic hypothesis generated by Oskars and Malaquias (2019) and on the morphological study of specimens. Shells, external features and anatomical characters from the jaws, radula, gizzard plates and male reproductive system were studied by optical and scanning electron microscopy. The molecular species delimitation method Automatic Barcode Gap Discovery, using DNA sequences of the cytochrome c oxidase subunit I gene, was implemented to aid delimiting candidate species. Thirteen species were recognised as valid, including two new to science, namely Haloa cobbi, sp. nov. and Haloa eora, sp. nov., and one unnamed species herein referred to as Haloa sp. 1. Species depict intraspecific variability in their colouration and little character displacement in their anatomy. Shells are of limited taxonomic use; only details of the male reproductive system (e.g. fundus) and the DNA were truly diagnostic. Three species have an Indo-West Pacific distribution and three are restricted to the Indian Ocean. The remaining seven species occur in the Western and Central Pacific Ocean, three of them having geographical ranges restricted to offshore islands.

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

The bubble snail family Haminoeidae has traditionally been the richest in genera within Cephalaspidea; however, most of these genera were erected based on only the characteristics of the shell or external morphology. The family was recently revised through a combined analysis of DNA, internal anatomy, and external body and shell morphology, leading to major taxonomic rearrangements and a drastic reduction in the number of genera. However, these analyses also show that there may still be undefined genera and certainly several undescribed species waiting to be discovered. In this work, a new genus and species is described in light of recent revisions within Haminoeidae and the phylogenetic hypothesis generated by Oskars and colleagues. Due to its colourful external anatomy, the new species was initially assumed to belong to Lamprohaminoea, but the specimens failed to produce DNA sequences that could confirm this hypothesis. During further ana­ tomical study of species of Lamprohaminoea and further examina­ tion of these specimens, it became clear that the morphoanatomical features of Confettiella malaquiasi gen. n. and sp. n. distinguish it from this genus and all other genera and species of the Haminoeidae. To illustrate this, shells, external fea­ tures of the animals, and anatomical characters of the jaws, radula, gizzard plates, and female and male reproductive system were studied by optical and scanning electron microscopy, and these studies are reported here.

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, TARASOC, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Understanding why some groups of organisms are more diverse than others is a central goal in macroevolution. Evolvability, or the intrinsic capacity of lineages for evolutionary change, is thought to influence disparities in species diversity across taxa. Over macroevolutionary time scales, clades that exhibit high evolvability are expected to have higher speciation rates. Cone snails (family: Conidae, $>$900 spp.) provide a unique opportunity to test this prediction because their toxin genes can be used to characterize differences in evolvability between clades. Cone snails are carnivorous, use prey-specific venom (conotoxins) to capture prey, and the genes that encode venom are known and diversify through gene duplication. Theory predicts that higher gene diversity confers a greater potential to generate novel phenotypes for specialization and adaptation. Therefore, if conotoxin gene diversity gives rise to varying levels of evolvability, conotoxin gene diversity should be coupled with macroevolutionary speciation rates. We applied exon capture techniques to recover phylogenetic markers and conotoxin loci across 314 species, the largest venom discovery effort in a single study. We paired a reconstructed timetree using 12 fossil calibrations with species-specific estimates of conotoxin gene diversity and used trait-dependent diversification methods to test the impact of evolvability on diversification patterns. Surprisingly, we did not detect any signal for the relationship between conotoxin gene diversity and speciation rates, suggesting that venom evolution may not be the rate-limiting factor controlling diversification dynamics in Conidae. Comparative analyses showed some signal for the impact of diet and larval dispersal strategy on diversification patterns, though detection of a signal depended on the dataset and the method. If our results remain true with increased taxonomic sampling in future studies, they suggest that the rapid evolution of conid venom may cause other factors to become more critical to diversification, such as ecological opportunity or traits that promote isolation among lineages.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2013, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MADEEP, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, Restricted, ZhongSha 2015

The cone snails (family Conidae) are a hyperdiverse lineage of venomous gastropods. Two standard markers, COI and ITS2, were used to define six genetically divergent groups within a subclade of Conidae that includes Conus orbignyi; each of these was then evaluated based on their shell morphology. We conclude that three forms, previously regarded as subspecies of C. orbignyi are distinct species, now recognized as C. orbignyi, C. elokismenos and C. coriolisi. In addition, three additional species (C. pseudorbignyi, C. joliveti and C. comatosa) belong to this clade. Some of the proposed species (e. g. C. elokismenos) are possibly in turn complexes comprising multiple species. Groups such as Conidae illustrate the challenges generally faced in species delimitation in biodiverse lineages. In the case of C. orbignyi complex, they are not only definable, genetically divergent lineages, but also considerable geographical variation within each group. Our study suggests that an intensive analysis of multiple specimens within a single locality helps to minimize the confounding effects of geographical variation and can be a useful starting point for circumscribing different species within such a confusing complex.

AURORA 2007, BOA1, EBISCO, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

We present a large-scale molecular phylogeny that includes 320 of the 761 recognized valid species of the cone snails (Conus), one of the most diverse groups of marine molluscs, based on three mitochondrial genes (COI, 16S rDNA and 12S rDNA). This is the first phylogeny of the taxon to employ concatenated sequences of several genes, and it includes more than twice as many species as the last published molecular phylogeny of the entire group nearly a decade ago. Most of the numerous molecular phylogenies published during the last 15 years are limited to rather small fractions of its species diversity. Bayesian and maximum likelihood analyses are mostly congruent and confirm the presence of three previously reported highly divergent lineages among cone snails, and one identified here using molecular data. About 85% of the species cluster in the single Large Major Clade; the others are divided between the Small Major Clade (12%), the Conus californicus lineage (one species), and a newly defined clade (3%). We also define several subclades within the Large and Small major clades, but most of their relationships remain poorly supported. To illustrate the usefulness of molecular phylogenies in addressing specific evolutionary questions, we analyse the evolution of the diet, the biogeography and the toxins of cone snails. All cone snails whose feeding biology is known inject venom into large prey animals and swallow them whole. Predation on polychaete worms is inferred as the ancestral state, and diet shifts to molluscs and fishes occurred rarely. The ancestor of cone snails probably originated from the Indo-Pacific; rather few colonisations of other biogeographic provinces have probably occurred. A new classification of the Conidae, based on the molecular phylogeny, is published in an accompanying paper.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

Cone snails have long been studied both by taxonomists for the diversity of their shells and by biochemists for the potential therapeutic applications of their toxins. Phylogenetic approaches have revealed that different lineages of Conus evolved divergent venoms, a property that is exploited to enhance the discovery of new conotoxins, but is rarely used in taxonomy. Specimens belonging to the Indo-West Pacific Conus lividus species complex were analyzed using phenetic and phylogenetic methods based on shell morphology, COI and 28S rRNA gene sequences and venom mRNA expression and protein composition. All methods converged to reveal a new species, C. conco n. sp. (described in Supplementary data), restricted to the Marquesas Islands, where it diverged recently (_3 mya) from C. lividus. The geographical distribution of C. conco and C. lividus and their phylogenetic relationships suggest that the two species diverged in allopatry. Furthermore, the diversity of the transcript sequences and toxin molecular masses suggest that C. conco evolved unique toxins, presumably in response to new selective pressure, such as the availability of new preys and ecological niches. Furthermore, this new species evolved new transcripts giving rise to original toxin structures, probably each carrying specific biological activity.

ATIMO VATAE, BOA1, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SANTO 2006

AURORA 2007, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006

ATIMO VATAE, BOA1, EBISCO, KAVIENG 2014, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

A revision of the genus Parviturbo Pilsbry & McGinty, 1945, distributed in the Atlantic Ocean, the American Pacific, and the Tropical South Pacific, is presented for the first time. In total 33 species were studied, of which 12 were already known (5 in the Eastern Atlantic, 5 in the Western Atlantic, and 2 in the American Pacific); 20 more are described as new species (4 in the Eastern Atlantic, 12 in the Western Atlantic, and 4 in the Tropical South Pacific) and one more from the Mediterranean is presented without a name. We provide new data on the radula for Parviturbo insularis, and the morphology of the shell is described and illustrated for all the species using scanning electron microscopy. Data on their distribution and habitat are also provided, and their generic allocation is discussed. The presence of species Parviturbo in the Tropical Pacific is confirmed. The type material of several species (Parviturbo rehderi Pilsbry & McGinty, 1945, Cyclostrema granulum Dall, 1899 and Delphinula tuberculosa d’Orbigny, 1842 is illustrated and a lectotype is designated for the latter species. Parviturbo dibellai Buzzurro & Cecalupo, 2007 is excluded from the genus, and considered a junior synonym of Fossarus eutorniscus Melvill, 1918; the species is transferred to Vitrinellinae but without a definite generic assignment. The two known Recent species of Pseudorbis, a genus close to Parviturbo, are studied for comparison and the differences and similarities between these two genera are discussed.

ATIMO VATAE, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MUSORSTOM 10, SANTO 2006, Restricted

The authors studied the species of the genus Lophocochlias, family Tornidae, of the tropical Indo-Pacific, collected during the expeditions of the Tropical deep-sea Benthos, directed by IRD and MNHN, in Madagascar, Reunion Island, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, the Solomon Islands, the Philippine Islands, the Society Islands and Papua-New Guinea. New data on geographical distribution and habitat of the species studied are provided, and their morphological variability is discussed. Comparison with some fossil species is done and a new species is described.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, SMCB, VAUBAN 1978-1979

ATIMO VATAE, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1

New species of the families Tornidae and Vitrinellidae are studied, and placed in several genera listed below; the samples were collected during the Research Campaigns of the IRD in cooperation with the MNHN. The described species are new to science and were placed in the following genera: Tornus (T. propinquus), Uzumakiella (U. solomonensis), Ponderinella (P. difficilis), Neusas (N. juliae, N. inesae, N. distorta) and Anticlimax (A. senenbarroi, A. salustianomatoi, A. juanvianoi). Comparison is made with the previously known related species. currently placed in the same genera and, in one case, with a species from a different genus.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SMIB 8

The species of the family Vitrinellidae, genus Pseudoliotia Tate, 1898 in the tropical IndoPacific collected during the Tropical deep-sea Benthos expeditions, directed by IRD and MNHN are studied; they were collected in Madagascar, Reunion Island, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, the Solomon Islands, the Philippine Islands, Taiwan, Society Islands and Papua New Guinea. For a correct identification, we have studied all the type material available in several museums of the previously known species where they were deposited.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BOA1, BORDAU 1, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2002, TARASOC, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BIOPAPUA, EBISCO, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MADEEP, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Twenty-eight new upper-bathyal benthic species in Lyocyclidae (Caenogastropoda) from the Indo-Pacific are described, of which twenty-seven new species are assigned to the genus Lyocyclus Thiele, 1925 and one more in the new genus Nescitus n. gen, herein described. All species are illustrated by SEM micrographs and compared with the previously known ones. Photographs of the species described by THIELE (1925) from the Indian Ocean are provided for the first time. Lyocyclus biconcavus Thiele, 1925 is here assigned to the genus Eudaronia Cotton, 1945 and Lyocyclus orientalis Thiele, 1925 to the genus Adeuomphalus Seguenza, 1876, both in the Seguenzioidea superfamily.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BIOGEOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, EXBODI, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2002, TARASOC, ZhongSha 2015

Two new species from the Indian Ocean are described in the skeneid genus Callodix Laseron, 1954. The new species are compared with the previously known Callodix solida Laseron, 1954 and Callodix conica Laseron, 1958. These two latter species are illustrated by photographs and also the new species by SEM micrographs. Data on habitat, bathymetry and geographic distribution of the new species are provided. At the same time, we here assign the previously described species Anticlimax juanvianoi Rubio & Rolan, 2018, Anticlimax discus Rubio & Rolan, 2014 and Anticlimax religiosa Rubio & Rolan, 2014 to Callodix and illustrate them.

ATIMO VATAE

The worldwide distributed neogastropod family Muricidae comprises more than 1800 extant species of whelks, rock-shells, murex-shells, drill-shells, and coral-shells. Despite several attempts at a taxonomic revision based on morphological characters, the systematics of this family is still largely debated. Here, we present a molecular revision of the family Muricidae based on the largest dataset analysed so far, which comprises 384 specimens representing 360 species and includes, for the first time, all the currently recognised subfamilies. A molecular dataset of cox1, 12S rRNA, 16S rRNA, and 28S rRNA genetic markers and six fossil-based calibration points were used to produce time-calibrated phylogenetic reconstructions, using a Maximum Likelihood approach. Our results confirmed the monophyly of most of the accepted subfamilies, suggested a revision of the taxonomic composition of Muricopsinae and Muricinae, and highlighted some lineages not immediately comprised in any of the recognised subfamilies. The origin and early diversification of the subfamilies of Muricidae occurred between 32 and 60 million years ago.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, EBISCO, GUYANE 2014, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

Bursa granularis (Röding, 1798) is a tonnoidean gastropod that is regarded as broadly distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific and tropical western Atlantic. Because of its variable shell it has received no less than thirteen names, now all synonymized under the name B. granularis. We sequenced a fragment of the cox1 gene for 82 specimens covering a large part of its distribution and most type localities. Two delimitation methods were applied, one based on genetic distance (ABGD) and one based on phylogenetic trees (GMYC). All analyses suggest that specimens identified as B. granularis comprise four distinct species: one limited to the tropical western Atlantic, another to southwestern Western Australia and two in the Indo-Pacific (from the Red Sea to the open Pacific) that are partly sympatric—but not syntopic—in Japan, the Philippines, Vanuatu and New Caledonia. Based on comparison of shell characters, we applied the following available names to the four species, respectively: B. cubaniana (d’Orbigny, 1841), B. elisabettae Nappo, Pellegrini & Bonomolo, 2014, B. granularis s. s. and B. affinis Broderip, 1833. We provide new standardized conchological descriptions for each of them. Our results demonstrate that a long planktotrophic larval stage, common among Tonnoidea, does not necessarily ensure a circumtropical species distribution.

INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES, Restricted

Bursidae Thiele, 1925 is a moderately diverse group of extant tonnoidean gastropods with a significant fossil record. We review the fossil record of the family. We exclude some taxa from Bursidae, particularly the most ancient ones: Hanaibursa aquilana (Parona, 1909) (Aptian) and Bursa saundersi Adegoke, 1977 (Selandian). We exclude the genus Olequahia Stewart, 1926; its posterior siphonal canal is not analogous with that of Bursidae. We also discuss the possible revision of the type genus, Bursa Röding, 1798, on the basis of previously published phylogenies; the genus is not monophyletic. We create two new genera, Olssonia n. gen. (type species: Bursa chira Olsson, 1930) and Aquitanobursa n. gen. (type species: Ranella grateloupi d’Orbigny, 1852), containing only fossil species. Lectotypes are designated for Ranella grateloupi d’Orbigny, 1852, Ranella morrisi d’Archiac & Haime, 1853 and Apollon pelouatensis Cossmann & Peyrot, 1924. Based on this revision of the fossil record, we propose five fossil calibration points that can be used to date molecular phylogenetic trees of Bursidae.

EBISCO, MAINBAZA, SANTO 2006

With 59 Recent species, Bursidae, known as «frog shells», are a small but widely distributed group of tropical and subtropical gastropods that are most diverse in the Indo-West Pacific. The present study is aimed at recon­ structing phylogenetic relationships of bursid gastropods based on extensive and representative taxon sampling. Five genetic markers (cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (cox1), 16 s and 12 s rRNA mitochondrial genes, 28 s rRNA and Histone H3 nuclear gene) were sequenced for over 30 species in every known genus but Crossata. Furthermore, we sequenced the complete mt-genome of 9 species (10 specimens) (Aspa marginata, Marsupina bufo, Korrigania quirihorai, Korrigania fijiensis, Tutufa rubeta, Bursa lamarckii, Lampasopsis rhodostoma (twice), Bufonaria perelegans and Bursa aff. tuberosissima). Our analysis recovered Bursidae as a monophyletic group, whereas the genus Bursa was found to be polyphyletic. The genera Talisman and Dulcerana are resurrected and the genera Alanbeuella gen. nov. and Korrigania gen. nov. are described. Dating analysis using 21 extinct taxa for node and simplified tip calibrations was performed, showing a diversification of the group in two phases. Diversification may be linked to tectonic events leading to biodiversity relocation from the western Tethys to­ ward the Indo-Pacific.

ATIMO VATAE, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted, ZhongSha 2015

We present the most comprehensive phylogeny of a globally distributed deep-sea group of gastropods published to date including over 80% of the recognized diversity of the family Scaphandridae. The definition and taxo­ nomic composition of the Scaphandridae has been hampered by the lack of a sound phylogenetic framework and definition of synapomorphic traits. We used a combination of molecular phylogenetics (Bayesian Inference and Maximum Likelihood) based on five gene markers (cytochrome c oxidase subunit I, 12S rRNA, 16S rRNA, 18S rRNA, and 28S rRNA) and morpho-anatomical characters to redefine the Scaphandridae and its genera. A new classification is proposed with the three genera Nipponoscaphander, Sabatia, and Scaphander. Main differences between genera lie on the shells (shape, parietal callus, spire) and male reproductive system (prostate). The species Hamineobulla kawamurai is reassigned to the closely related family Eoscaphandridae, currently defined mostly based on pleisiomorphic traits. Biogeographically the genus Nipponoscaphander is restricted to the IndoWest Pacific; Sabatia is mostly circumscribed to the Indo-West Pacific, but has one lineage present in the north Atlantic Ocean. Polyphyly across ocean realms prevails in the specious and globally distributed genus Scaphander with multiple speciation events between Indo-Pacific and Atlantic lineages but also with several episodes of cladogenesis within realms. Two rare cases of species with a broad distribution spanning the Indo-West Pacific and Atlantic realms are confirmed (S. meridionalis and S. nobilis)

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

Abstract Scaphander is a genus of mostly deep-sea, soft-bottom gastropods distributed nearly worldwide. Its taxonomic history is complex, with 32 species currently accepted, most based on shells only. In this work, we revise the diversity and systematics of Scaphander, with a focus on the Indo-Pacific region, using a detailed morphological study and molecular phylogenetics. Conchological and anatomical characters, such as digestive and male reproductive systems were compared, and original descriptions and type material were investigated. Additionally, molecular species delimitation methods were used, such as Assemble Species by Automatic Partitioning (ASAP) based on the gene cytochrome c oxidase subunit I, and the multispecies coalescent method Species Tree And Classification Estimation, Yarely (STACEY) based on a dataset of five gene markers. Thirty-three Scaphander species were recognized worldwide, 10 still based only on shells. Five species are here described as new to science, namely Scaphander amygdalus sp. nov., Scaphander cornus sp. nov., Scaphander obnubilus sp. nov., Scaphander semicallus sp. nov. and Scaphander solomonensis sp. nov. The most diverse region is the Western Pacific (17 species), followed by the Atlantic (12 species) and the Indian Ocean (7 species).

DongSha 2014, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal, ZhongSha 2015

Two new species of the genus Leptochiton are described: L. madagascaricus sp. n. from north Madagascar, depths 362 to 431 m, and L. blikshteini sp. n. from southern Mozambique Channel, depths 148 to 152 m. They are characterized by the relatively thick valves, the anteriorly located mucro and the longitudinal rows of granules in the central areas of the intermediate valves. Leptochiton madagascaricus sp. n. differs from similar species by having trapezoidal valves, closely set granules in the pleural areas of the intermediate valves, broad, dorsally bent scales with a wide bulbous base, and slender, numerous teeth of the radula. Leptochiton blikshteini sp. n. differs from other similar species from the southwestern Indian Ocean by having granules arranged staggered-order in the lateral and postmucronal areas and in elongate, flattened, sharply pointed dorsal spicules with 1–2 ribs.

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

Scallops (Pectinidae) are one of the most diverse families of bivalves and have been a model system in evolutionary biology. However, in order to understand phenotypic evolution, the Pectinidae needs to be placed in a deeper phylogenetic framework within the superfamily Pectinoidea. We reconstructed a molecular phylogeny for 60 species from four of the five extant families within the Pectinoidea using a five gene dataset (12S, 16S, 18S, 28S rRNAs and histone H3). Our analyses give consistent support for the non-monophyly of the Propeamussiidae, with a subset of species as the sister group to the Pectinidae, the Propeamussiidae type species as sister to the Spondylidae, and the majority of propeamussiid taxa sister to the Spondylidae + Pr. dalli. This topology represents a previously undescribed relationship of pectinoidean families. Our results suggest a single origin for eyes within the superfamily and likely multiple instances of loss for these characters. However, it is now evident that reconstructing the evolutionary relationships of Pectinoidea will require a more comprehensive taxonomic sampling of the Propeamussiidae sensu lato.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 2, TARASOC

Species identities of Goniobranchus nudibranchs with white bodies and various marginal bands have long been problematic. In this study, specimens of these Goniobranchus nudibranchs from the Philippines, Peninsular Malaysia, Japan, Papua New Guinea, and Madagascar were analyzed and molecular data were obtained in order to re-examine the relationships between species within this “white Goniobranchus with marginal bands” group. The analyses clearly recovered six species groups corresponding to the described species Goniobranchus albonares, G. preciosus, G. rubrocornutus, G. sinensis, and G. verrieri as well as one new species, G. fabulus Soong & Gosliner, sp. nov. Notably, G. preciosus, G. sinensis, G. rubrocornutus, G. verrieri, and G. fabulus Soong & Gosliner, sp. nov. exhibit color variation and polymorphism, suggesting that some aspects of color patterns (e.g., presence or absence of dorsal spots) may not always be useful in the identification of species in the “white Goniobranchus with marginal bands” group, whereas other features such as gill and rhinophore colors and the arrangement and colors of the mantle marginal bands are more diagnostic for each species.

ATIMO VATAE, PAPUA NIUGINI

Cerithium koperbergi is a rare gastropod of the family Cerithiidae from the tropical Indo-West Pacific. The species has a small, unusual shell and often inhabits deeper water, fore-reef habitats that are atypical for the genus. Anatomical investigations reveal that it possesses a combination of features heretofore considered diagnostic of two main cerithiid subfamilies: Cerithiinae and Bittiinae. While the shell is bittiine, the animal lacks mesopodial pedal glands and possesses a seminal receptacle (vs. a spermatophore bursa) in the lateral lamina of the oviduct, which are considered to be cerithiine features. Re-evaluation of the anatomy of Bittium reticulatum, the type species of Bittium, indicates the defining anatomical difference in oviduct anatomy between the two subfamilies does not stand up to closer scrutiny. Partial mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase I (COI) sequences support the interpretation that C. koperbergi is a species complex around the western Pacific rim comprising three divergent mitochondrial lineages. Bayesian analysis of partial mitochondrial COI and 16S rRNA sequences confirm the placement of the C. koperbergi complex within a monophyletic Bittiinae, despite the apparent absence of a unifying anatomical feature. Species in the C. koperbergi complex are here united in Pictorium nov. gen. and two species are described as new. It is hypothesized that features of the midgut may be diagnostic of the Bittiinae, but more comparative data are needed.

ATIMO VATAE, LIFOU 2000, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006

The genus Clea from SE Asia is from one of only two unrelated families among the megadiverse predatory marine Neogastropoda to have successfully conquered continental waters. While little is known about their anatomy, life history and ecology, interest has grown exponentially in recent years owing to their increasing popularity as aquarium pets. However, the systematic affinities of the genus and the validity of the included species have not been robustly explored. Differences in shell, operculum and radula characters support separation of Clea as presently defined into two distinct genera: Clea, for the type species Clea nigricans and its allies, and Anentome for Clea helena and allies. A five-gene mitochondrial (COI, 16S, 12S) and nuclear (H3, 28S) gene dataset confirms the placement of Anentome as a somewhat isolated offshoot of the family Nassariidae and sister to the estuarine Nassodonta. Anatomical data corroborate this grouping and, in conjunction with their phylogenetic placement, support their recognition as a new subfamily, the Anentominae. The assassin snail Anentome helena, a popular import through the aquarium trade so named for their voracious appetite for other snails, is found to comprise a complex of at least four species. None of these likely represents true Anentome helena described from Java, including a specimen purchased through the aquarium trade under this name in the US and one that was recently found introduced in Singapore, both of which were supported as conspecific with a species from Thailand. The introduction of Anentome “helena” through the aquarium trade constitutes a significant threat to native aquatic snail faunas which are often already highly imperiled. Comprehensive systematic revision of this previously unrecognized species complex is urgently needed to facilitate communication and manage this emerging threat.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2004, Restricted, SANTO 2006

A new genus, Limatium gen. n., and two new species, L. pagodula sp. n. and L. aureum sp. n. are described, found on outer slopes of barrier reefs and fringing reefs in the South Pacific. They are rare for cerithiids, which typically occur in large populations. The two new species are represented by 108 specimens sampled over a period of 30 years, only 16 of which were collected alive. Three subadults from the Philippines and Vanuatu likely represent a third species. In addition to their rarity, Limatium species are atypical for cerithiids in their smooth, polished, honey to golden brown shells with distinctive white fascioles extending suture to suture. The radula presents a unique morphology that does not readily suggest an affinity to any of the cerithiid subfamilies. Two live-collected specimens, one of each species and designated as holotypes, were preserved in 95% ethanol and sequenced. Bayesian analysis of partial COI and 16S rDNA sequences demonstrates a placement in the Bittiinae, further extending our morphological concept of the subfamily.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BENTHAUS, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, INHACA 2011, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted

The Tonnoidea is a moderately diverse group of large, predatory gastropods with ∼360 valid species. Known for their ability to secrete sulfuric acid, they use it to prey on a diversity of invertebrates, primarily echinoderms. Tonnoideans currently are classified in seven accepted families: the comparatively well known, shallow water Bursidae, Cassidae, Personidae, Ranellidae, and Tonnidae, and the lesser-known, deep water Laubierinidae and Pisanianuridae. We assembled a mitochondrial and nuclear gene (COI, 16S, 12S, 28S) dataset for ∼80 species and 38 genera currently recognized as valid. Bayesian analysis of the concatenated dataset recovered a monophyletic Tonnoidea, with Ficus as its sister group. Unexpectedly, Thalassocyon, currently classified in the Ficidae, was nested within the ingroup as the sister group to Distorsionella. Among currently recognized families, Tonnidae, Cassidae, Bursidae and Personidae were supported as monophyletic but the Ranellidae and Ranellinae were not, with Cymatiinae, Ranella and Charonia supported as three unrelated clades. The Laubierinidae and Pisanianuridae together form a monophyletic group. Although not all currently accepted genera have been included in the analysis, the new phylogeny is sufficiently robust and stable to the inclusion/exclusion of nonconserved regions to establish a revised family-level classification with nine families: Bursidae, Cassidae, Charoniidae, Cymatiidae, Laubierinidae, Personidae, Ranellidae, Thalassocyonidae and Tonnidae. The results reveal that many genera as presently circumscribed are para- or polyphyletic and, in some cases support the rescue of several genus-group names from synonymy (Austrosassia, Austrotriton, Laminilabrum, Lampadopsis, Personella, Proxicharonia, Tritonoranella) or conversely, support their synonymization (Biplex with Gyrineum). Several species complexes are also revealed that merit further investigation (e.g., Personidae: Distorsio decipiens, D. reticularis; Bursidae: Bursa tuberosissima; Cassidae: Echinophoria wyvillei, Galeodea bituminata, and Semicassis bisulcata). Consequently, despite their teleplanic larvae, the apparently circumglobal distribution of some tonnoidean species is the result of excessive synonymy. The superfamily is estimated to have diverged during the early Jurassic (∼186 Ma), with most families originating during a narrow ∼20 My window in Albian-Aptian times as part of the Mesozoic Marine Revolution.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, CONCALIS, EBISCO, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2004, TERRASSES, Restricted, ZhongSha 2015

Eye reduction occurs in many troglobitic, fossorial, and deep-sea animals but there is no clear consensus on its evolutionary mechanism. Given the highly conserved and pleiotropic nature of many genes instrumental to eye development, degeneration might be expected to follow consistent evolutionary trajectories in closely related animals. We tested this in a comparative study of ocular anatomy in solariellid snails from deep and shallow marine habitats using morphological, histological, and tomographic techniques, contextualized phylogenetically. Of 67 species studied, 15 lack retinal pigmentation and at least seven have eyes enveloped by surrounding epithelium. Independent instances of reduction follow numerous different morphological trajectories. We estimate eye loss has evolved at least seven times within Solariellidae, in at least three different ways: characters such as pigmentation loss, obstruction of eye aperture, and “lens” degeneration can occur in any order. In one instance, two morphologically distinct reduction pathways appear within a single genus, Bathymophila. Even amongst closely related animals living at similar depths and presumably with similar selective pressures, the processes leading to eye loss have more evolutionary plasticity than previously realized. Although there is selective pressure driving eye reduction, it is clearly not morphologically or developmentally constrained as has been suggested by previous studies.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC, TERRASSES

Abstract Molluscan eyes exhibit an enormous range of morphological variation, ranging from tiny pigment-cup eyes in limpets, compound eyes in ark clams and pinhole eyes in Nautilus , through to concave mirror eyes in scallops and the large camera-type eyes of the more derived cephalopods. Here we assess the potential of non-destructive micro-computed tomography (µ-CT) for investigating the anatomy of molluscan eyes in three species of the family Solariellidae, a group of small, deep-sea gastropods. We compare our results directly with those from traditional histological methods applied to the same specimens, and show not only that eye microstructure can be visualised in sufficient detail for meaningful comparison even in very small animals, but also that μ-CT can provide additional insight into gross neuroanatomy without damaging rare and precious specimens. Data from μ-CT scans also show that neurological innervation of eyes is reduced in dark-adapted snails when compared with the innervation of cephalic tentacles, which are involved in mechanoreception and possibly chemoreception. Molecular tests also show that the use of µ-CT and phosphotungstic acid stain do not prevent successful downstream DNA extraction, PCR amplification or sequencing. The use of µ-CT methods is therefore highly recommended for the investigation of difficult-to-collect or unique specimens.

ATIMO VATAE, EBISCO, EXBODI, MAINBAZA, SANTO 2006

Rare species of three long-lived lucinid genera, Gibbolucina Cossmann, 1904, Barbierella Chavan, 1938 and Retrolucina n. gen., with origins in the Paleocene and Eocene of western Tethys, are present in the Mozambique Channel area of the southwestern Indian Ocean but absent elsewhere in the Indo-West Pacific. A new species, Gibbolucina zelee n. sp., is described from the Banc de la Zélée and western Madagascar that resembles Miocene species from western France. Since their origin in the Paleocene to the present day Barbierella species have always been rare. New records and images, including syntypes, are provided for Barbierella louisensis (Viader, 1951) from Mauritius and the Mozambique Channel, with Barbierella scitula Oliver & Abou-Zeid, 1986 from the Red Sea regarded as synonym. A new genus, Retrolucina n. gen., is proposed with the living Lucina voorhoevei D­ eshayes, 1857 (usually called Eomiltha voorhoevei) as type species and also including Lucina defrancei ­Deshayes, 1857, a strikingly similar species from the Eocene of the Paris Basin. Retrolucina n. gen. differs from Eomiltha Cossmann, 1912 in shape, sculpture and hinge characters. Monitilora Iredale, 1930, another genus of Paleocene or earlier origins, includes a few living species in the Indo-West Pacific and is now identified from Mozambique with Monitilora sepes (Barnard, 1964) (formerly Phacoides sepes Barnard, 1964). It is suggested that Gibbolucina, Barbierella and Retrolucina n. gen. species became isolated in the western Indian Ocean following the closure of the Tethyan Seaway in the early Miocene while their congeners in western Tethys became extinct. The survival of these rare genera, with restricted geographical ranges and seemingly small populations, runs counter to current ideas concerning long-term extinction risk.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, INHACA 2011, MIRIKY

New molecular phylogenies of the chemosymbiotic bivalve family Lucinidae, using 18S rRNA, 28S rRNA and cytochrome b genes, include species from genera not previously analysed. Notable additions from Myrteinae are sequences from Rostrilucina, Solelucina and Taylorina species, species of Ustalucina, Gonimyrtea from Leucosphaerinae and additional species of Ctena, Codakia, Lucinoma and Divalucina from Codakiinae. New sequences of Lucininae include the type species of Parvilucina (P. tenuisculpta), Liralucina, Falsolucinoma, Easmithia, Jallenia, Radiolucina and Cardiolucina as well as samples of Loripes orbiculatus from multiple localities. Five major clades, defined as subfamilies, are recognized: Pegophyseminae, Myrteinae, Leucosphaerinae, Codakiinae and Lucininae. Two branches, Fimbriinae and Monitilorinae, are represented by single species. Pegophyseminae are an extremely long-branched group with a sister-group relationship to Leucosphaerinae, while Codakiinae are a sister clade to the Lucininae. In various gene trees, the position of Myrteinae is unstable in relation to Pegophyseminae + Leucosphaerinae, Monitilorinae and Fimbriinae. The Myrteinae are not well resolved, with an ambiguous correlation of molecular and morphological characters. Codakiinae now include Divalucina cumingi, shown to be related to Lucinoma rather than Divaricella and Divalinga of the Lucininae. Leucosphaerinae are a well-supported clade but morphologically disparate, with the positions of Gonimyrtea and Callucina unresolved. Several molecularly distinct subclades are recognized within the Lucininae, especially the Lucinisca, Loripes and Parvilucina groups. Parvilucina species are paraphyletic with P. tenuisculpta, the type species, distinct from the western Atlantic species. Codakia, Ctena and Pegophysema have pan-tropical distributions with former connections disrupted by vicariant events of the closure of the eastern Tethyan and Central American Seaways. Species of Radiolucina, Pleurolucina and Lucinisca are present on either side of the Isthmus of Panama. A new classification of the 96 living lucinid genera is presented, providing a framework for future studies of systematics, ecology, biogeography and bacterial symbioses.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, MADEEP, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, EBISCO, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

Although species of the chemosymbiotic bivalve family Lucinidae are often diverse and abundant in shallow water habitats such as seagrass beds, new discoveries show that the family is equally speciose at slope and bathyal depths, particularly in the tropics, with records down to 2500m. New molecular analyses including species from habitats down to 2000m indicate that these cluster in four of seven recognized subfamilies: Leucosphaerinae, Myrteinae, Codakiinae, and Lucininae, with none of these comprising exclusively deep-water species. Amongst the Leucosphaerinae, Alucinoma, Epidulcina, Dulcina, and Myrtina live mainly at depths greater than 200m. Most Myrteinae inhabit water depths below 100m, including Myrtea, Notomyrtea, Gloverina, and Elliptiolucina species. In the Codakinae, only the Lucinoma clade live in deep water; Codakia and Ctena clades are largely restricted to shallow water. Lucininae are the most speciose of the subfamilies but only four species analyzed, Troendleina sp., Epicodakia' falkandica, Bathyaustriella thionipta, and Cardiolucina quadrata, occur at depths greater than 200m. Our results indicate that slope and bathyal lucinids have several and independent originations from different clades with a notable increased diversity in Leucosphaerinae and Myrteinae. Some of the deep-water lucinids (e.g. Elliptiolucina, Dulcina, and Gloverina) have morphologies not seen in shallow water species, strongly suggesting speciation and radiation in these environments. By contrast, C.quadrata clusters with a group of shallow water congenors. Although not well investigated, offshore lucinids are usually found at sites of organic enrichment, including sunken vegetation, oxygen minimum zones, hydrocarbon seeps, and sedimented hydrothermal vents. The association of lucinids with hydrocarbon seeps is better understood and has been traced in the fossil record to the late Jurassic with successions of genera recognized; Lucinoma species are particularly prominent from the Oligocene to present day.(c) 2013 The Linnean Society of London, Biological Journal of the Linnean Society, 2014, 111, 401-420.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, EBISCO, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

A new molecular phylogeny of the Lucinidae using 18S and 28S rRNA and cytochrome b genes includes many species from the tropical Western Atlantic as well as additional taxa from the Indo-West Pacific. This study provides a phylogenetic framework for a new taxonomy of tropical Western Atlantic lucinids. The analysis confirmed five major clades—Pegophyseminae, Leucosphaerinae, Myrteinae, Codakiinae and Lucininae, with Monitilorinae and Fimbriinae represented by single species. The Leucosphaerinae are expanded and include Callucina winckworthi and the W. Atlantic Myrtina pristiphora that groups with several Indo-West Pacific Myrtina species. Within the Codakiinae two abundant species of Ctena from the Western Atlantic with similar shells are discriminated as C. orbiculata and C. imbricatula, while in the Indo-West Pacific Ctena bella is a probable species complex. The Lucininae is the most species rich and disparate subfamily with several subclades apparent. Three species of Lucina are recognized in the W. Atlantic L. aurantia, L. pensylvanica and L. roquesana. Pleurolucina groups near to Cavilinga and Lucina, while Lucinisca muricata is more closely related to the E. Pacific L. fenestrata than to the Atlantic L. nassula. A new species of Parvilucina is identified from molecular analyses having been confounded with Parvilucina pectinata but differs in ligament structure. Also, the former Parvilucina clenchi is more distant and assigned to Guyanella.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MADEEP, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI

The genus Profundiconus Kuroda, 1956 is reviewed. The morphological characters of the shell, radular tooth and internal anatomy of species in Profundiconus are discussed. In particular, we studied Profundiconus material collected by dredging in deep water during different scientific campaigns carried out in the Solomon Islands, Madagascar, Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia. We reconstructed a phylogeny of 55 individuals based on partial mitochondrial cox1 gene sequences. The phylogeny shows several clades containing individuals that do not match any of the known species of Profundiconus based on their shell and radular morphologies, and are introduced here as five new species: Profundiconus maribelae sp. nov. from the Solomon Islands; P. virginiae sp. nov. from Chesterfield Plateau (New Caledonia); P. barazeri sp. nov. from Chesterfield Plateau and the Grand Passage area (New Caledonia); P. puillandrei sp. nov. from Norfolk Ridge (New Caledonia), Kermadec Ridge (New Zealand) and possibly Balut Island (Philippines); and P. neocaledonicus sp. nov. from New Caledonia. Furthermore, Profundiconus teramachii forma neotorquatus (da Motta, 1984) is raised to specific status as P. neotorquatus (da Motta, 1984).

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, TERRASSES

Although cone snails are among the most studied group of gastropods, new species are still regularly described. Here, we focus on Afonsoconus Tucker & Tenorio, 2013, a lineage that includes only two species from the Indo-Pacific Ocean. The analysis of molecular (partial mitochondrial cox1 gene sequences) and morphological (shell and radular tooth) characters revealed that the samples collected by dredging in deep water during a recent expedition carried out in the Mozambique Channel are different from the samples collected in the Pacific Ocean. We thus introduce here a new species, Afonsoconus crosnieri sp. nov., from the SW Indian Ocean including records from the Mozambique Channel, the Comoros and Glorieuses Islands, Madagascar, South Africa and Reunion Island.

BIOMAGLO, EXBODI, MIRIKY, SANTO 2006, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, INHACA 2011, KAVIENG 2014, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

The genus Nemocardium Meek, 1876, is traditionally considered a relict of the past. Morphometric and morphological analyses reveal that the well-known species N. bechei (Reeve, 1847) is in need of taxonomic reconsideration. In this paper, five species are recognized, three of which are new to science: N. bechei from Taiwan, Philippines and Indonesia; N. probatum (Iredale, 1927) from northern Australia; N. australojaponicum spec. nov. From southern Japan and Korea; N. enigmaticum spec. nov. From the SouthWest Pacific and N. fulvum spec. nov. from Mozambique, Madagascar, Seychelles, India, Philippines and Vanuatu. All but the last species seem to occur perfectly parapatrically. With N. fulvum spec. nov., which is not confined to the Central Indo-Pacific but covers large parts of the Indian Ocean as well, the longitudinal range of Nemocardium is much wider than hitherto thought. A substitute lectotype is designated for Cardium bechei Reeve, 1847, and the New Zealand genus Varicardium Marwick, 1944, is synonymized with Nemocardium.

ATIMO VATAE, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

After having established the identity of Duplicaria duplicata (Linnaeus, 1758) and its historical synonyms Duplicaria lamarckii (Kiener, 1839), Duplicaria duplicatoides (Bartsch, 1923) and Duplicaria reevei (Deshayes, 1857) and having highlighted the possible identity of Duplicaria morbida (Reeve, 1860) and Duplicaria nadinae (Aubry, 2008) (see Part I), a number of morpho-species, close in shell morphology to D. lamarckii, were studied. The present study reveals an additional 7 previously undescribed species with similarities to D. lamarckii, rediscovers the enigmatic species D. morbida in the Red Sea and tentatively includes D. nadinae within this informal morphological grouping, called the ‘lamarckii-complex’ of the Indian Ocean.

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, MIRIKY

The ongoing revision of several morphological groups in Terebridae, aided by further dissemination with the aid of molecular results, presently already results in the discovery and description of nine new species of Terebridae in three genera: Myurella boaretifa sp. nov., Profunditerebra baruna sp. nov., Terebra agulha sp. nov., T. alabaster sp. nov., T. caudapotamogalina sp. nov., T. ekotokwa sp. nov., T. grimwoodi sp. nov., T. holfordae sp. nov. and T. spraguei sp. nov.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, INHACA 2011, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, MIRIKY, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, Restricted

The historical synonymy, in place since the iconographic work of Bratcher & Cernohorsky, of both Punctoterebra succincta (Gmelin, 1791) and P. textilis (Hinds, 1844) is reassessed, revealing that virtually all current synonyms can in fact be considered separable valid species. Unfortunately, of some cryptic taxa we still lack sufficient comparable material and data and are thus still conservatively treated. Additionally, the in-depth study allowed the discovery and description of five new taxa, and more are under study. Morphological pliability of specific and generic features hampers segregation of species based on shell morphology alone. A new species is here also described in the genus Myurellopsis from the South Indian Ocean which was mistakenly seen as local variant of Myurellopsis undulata and was found mixed in samples of P. succincta.

INHACA 2011

Partecosta milesi sp. nov. is described as new and compared to its sole morphological congener in the SW Indian Ocean. The South African members of the genus Gradaterebra are revised of which knowledge of the shell morphology remains only peripheral.

ATIMO VATAE

Carnivory is unusual among bivalve molluscs and is limited to a few families in the distantly related orders Pectinida, Mytilida and Anomalodesmata. Despite the significance of dietary shifts in the evolution of the bivalves, the anatomy of the alimentary system, and of the gastric chamber in particular, has been described in detail for only a few carnivorous species. Here we describe the anatomy of the gastric chamber in a pectinid, Propeamussium jeffreysii, and an anomalodesmatan, Bathyneaera demistriata, expanding the known morphological disparity of the alimentary system in both groups. We found the stomachs of both to be modified to varying degrees for a carnivorous habit, with thickened, muscular walls, extensive cuticular linings, and reduced sorting areas and gastric chamber compartments (i.e. the dorsal hood, the left pouch and the food-sorting caecum). Despite some superficial similarity, each retains distinct hallmarks of their ancestry among filter-feeding relatives, allowing precise homology assessment of individual characters to differentiate between them. In addition, we found that the gastric chamber of P. jeffreysii represents an intermediate morphology between previously described P. lucidum and filter-feeding pectinids. Consequently, variation in the anatomy of the gastric chamber in Pectinida parallels a previously identified trend towards greater specialization for carnivory in the Anomalodesmata. Our results indicate that the current classification scheme of stomach types does not reflect phylogenetic affinity across the Bivalvia and highlight the need for accurate homology assessment of individual characters of the gastric chamber for inferring evolutionary relationships.

MAINBAZA

Understanding how the extraordinary taxonomic and ecological diversity of cone snails (Caenogastropoda: Conidae) evolved requires a statistically robust phylogenetic framework, which thus far is not available. While recent molecular phylogenies have been able to distinguish several deep lineages within the family Conidae, including the genera Profundiconus, Californiconus, Conasprella, and Conus (and within this one, several subgenera), phylogenetic relationships among these genera remain elusive. Moreover, the possibility that additional deep lineages may exist within the family is open. Here, we reconstructed with probabilistic methods a molecular phylogeny of Conidae using the newly sequenced complete or nearly complete mitochondrial (mt) genomes of the following nine species that represent all main Conidae lineages and potentially new ones: Profundiconus teramachii, Californiconus californicus, Conasprella wakayamaensis, Lilliconus sagei, Pseudolilliconus traillii, Conus (Kalloconus) venulatus, Conus (Lautoconus) ventricosus, Conus (Lautoconus) hybridus, and Conus (Eugeniconus) nobilis. To test the monophyly of the family, we also sequenced the nearly complete mt genomes of the following three species representing closely related conoidean families: Benthomangelia sp. (Mangeliidae), Tomopleura sp. (Borsoniidae), and Glyphostoma sp. (Clathurellidae). All newly sequenced conoidean mt genomes shared a relatively constant gene order with rearrangements limited to tRNA genes. The reconstructed phylogeny recovered with high statistical support the monophyly of Conidae and phylogenetic relationships within the family. The genus Profundiconus was placed as sister to the remaining genera. Within these, a clade including Californiconus and Lilliconus + Pseudolilliconus was the sister group of Conasprella to the exclusion of Conus. The phylogeny included a new lineage whose relative phylogenetic position was unknown (Lilliconus) and uncovered thus far hidden diversity within the family (Pseudolilliconus). Moreover, reconstructed phylogenetic relationships allowed inferring that the peculiar diet of Californiconus based on worms, mollusks, crustaceans and fish is derived, and reinforce the hypothesis that the ancestor of Conidae was a worm hunter. A chronogram was reconstructed under an uncorrelated relaxed molecular clock, which dated the origin of the family shortly after the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary (about 59 million years ago) and the divergence among main lineages during the Paleocene and the Eocene (56–30 million years ago).

ATIMO VATAE, KAVIENG 2014, PAPUA NIUGINI

The subfamily Cantharidinae Gray, 1857 (Trochoidea: Trochidae) includes 23 recognized genera and over 200 known living species. These marine top shell snails are microphagous grazers that generally live in shallow rocky shores and in macroalgae and seagrass beds of sub-tropical and temperate waters from the Central and Western Indo-Pacific biogeographic regions to the Mediterranean Sea and the Eastern Atlantic Ocean. Recent molecular phylogenetic studies revising the family Trochidae supported the monophyly of the subfamily Cantharidinae and its sister group relationship to the subfamily Stomatellinae. These studies and others has thus far mostly focused on Indo-Pacific members of the subfamily Cantharidinae whereas here, we investigated phylogenetic relationships among their counterparts from the Mediterranean Sea and the North-eastern (NE) Atlantic Ocean including 33 species of genera Gibbula, Jujubinus, Phorcus, Clelandella, and Callumbonella. The Mediterranean and NE Atlantic taxa were supplemented with 30 Indo-Pacific Cantharidinae species plus 19 members of the sister group subfamily Stomatellinae. Phylogenetic trees were constructed using Bayesian inference and maximum likelihood with two datasets comprised of partial sequences of four or six mitochondrial (cox1, rrnL, rrnS, and cob) and nuclear (28S rRNA and histone H3) genes. A clade comprised of all Mediterranean and NE Atlantic taxa was recovered with high support, but its sister group among the Indo-Pacific lineages could not be determined with confidence (although the assignment of “Trochus” kotschyi to Priotrochus could be rejected). Within the Mediterranean and NE Atlantic clade, genera Phorcus and Jujubinus were recovered as reciprocally monophyletic, and the deep-sea genera Clelandella and Callumbonella were placed with high support as sister to Jujubinus. However, the genus Gibbula as currently defined was not monophyletic and constituent species were divided into three major clades and two independent lineages. Phylogenetic relationships among Phorcus, Jujubinus (plus Clelandella and Callumbonella), and the different clades of Gibbula were not fully resolved but received higher support in the phylogenetic analyses based on six genes. A first approach to resolve phylogenetic relationships within Stomatellinae was conducted showing that the diversity of the subfamily is highly underestimated at present, and that Calliotrochus is possibly a member of this subfamily. A chronogram was reconstructed using an uncorrelated relaxed lognormal molecular clock and the origin of the Mediterranean and NE Atlantic clade was dated right after the Azolla phase in the Middle Eocene about 48 million years ago whereas diversification of major clades (genera) followed the eastern closure of the Tethys Ocean in the Middle Miocene about 14 million years ago.

ATIMO VATAE, INHACA 2011, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, Restricted

With more than 5,000 species, Conoidea is one of the most diversified superfamilies of Gastropoda. Recently, the family-level classification of these venomous predator snails has undergone substantial changes, on the basis of a phylogenetic tree reconstructed combining partial mitochondrial and nuclear gene sequences, and up to 16 families are now recognized. However, phylogenetic relationships among these families remain largely unresolved. Here, we sequenced 20 complete or nearly complete mitochondrial (mt) genomes, which were combined with mt genomes available in GenBank to construct a dataset that included representatives of 80% of the known families, although for some we had only one species or genus as representative. Most of the sequenced conoidean mt genomes shared a constant genome organization, and observed rearrangements were limited exclusively to tRNA genes in a few lineages. Phylogenetic trees were reconstructed using probabilistic methods. Two main monophyletic groups, termed “Clade A” and “Clade B”, were recovered with strong support within a monophyletic Conoidea. Clade A (including families Clavatulidae, Horaiclavidae, Turridae s.s., Terebridae, Drilliidae, Pseudomelatomidae, and Cochlespiridae) was composed of four main lineages, one of which was additionally supported by a rearrangement in the gene order. Clade B (including families Conidae, Borsoniidae, Clathurellidae, Mangeliidae, Raphitomidae, and Mitromorphidae) was composed of five main lineages. The reconstructed phylogeny rejected the monophyly of Clavatulidae, Horaiclavidae, Turridae, Pseudomelatomidae, and Conidae, indicating that several of the currently accepted families may be ill-defined. The reconstructed tree also revealed new phylogenetic positions for genera characterized as tentative (Gemmuloborsonia, Lucerapex, and Leucosyrinx), enigmatic (Marshallena) or challenging to place (Fusiturris), which will potentially impact the classification of the Conoidea.

ATIMO VATAE, PAPUA NIUGINI

Long-branch attraction (LBA) is a well-known artifact in phylogenetic reconstruction. Sparse taxon sampling and extreme heterogeneity of evolutionary rates among lineages generate propitious situations for LBA, even defying probabilistic methods of phylogenetic inference. A clear example illustrating LBA challenges is the difficulty of reconstructing the deep gastropod phylogeny, particularly using mitochondrial (mt) genomes. Previous studies consistently obtained unorthodox phylogenetic relationships due to the LBA between the mitogenomes of patellogastropods (true limpets, represented only by Lottia digitalis), heterobranchs, and outgroup taxa. Here, we use the reconstruction of the gastropod mitogenomic phylogeny as a case exercise to test the effect of key methodological approaches proposed to counteract LBA, including the selection of slow-evolving representatives, the use of different outgroups, the application of site-heterogeneous evolutionary models, and the removal of fast-evolving sites. In this regard, we sequenced three new patellogastropod mt genomes, which displayed shorter branches than the one of Lottia as well as gene organizations more similar to that of the hypothetical gastropod ancestor. Phylogenetic analyses incorporating the mt genomes of Patella ferruginea, Patella vulgata, and Cellana radiata allowed eliminating the artificial clustering of Patellogastropoda and Heterobranchia that had prevailed in previous studies. Furthermore, the use of site-heterogeneous models with certain combinations of lineages within the outgroup allowed eliminating also the LBA between Heterobranchia and the outgroup, and recovering Apogastropoda (i.e., Caenogastropoda + Heterobranchia). Hence, for the first time, we were able to obtain a mitogenomic phylogeny of gastropods that is congruent with both morphological and nuclear datasets.

ATIMO VATAE

New records of 4 known Calliostomatidae species from Madagascar area are listed, extending the distribution area of some of them. 9 new species are described and compared with similar species: Calliostoma madatechnema n. sp., C. textor n. sp., C. parvajuba n. sp., C. hematomenon n. sp., C. subalboroseum n. sp., C. tumidosolidum n. sp., C. pyrron n. sp., C. herberti n. sp. And Carinastele wareni n. sp.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, Restricted, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

In this study we list and figure a total of 22 species assigned to the genus Ilanga Herbert, 1987 that were collected during recent Paris Museum expeditions, of which 16 are new and described here (listed in the order they appear in the text): Ilanga herberti n. sp., I. euryomphalos n. sp., I. polygramma n. sp., I. stephanophora n. sp., I. harrytaylori n. sp., I. eurystoma n. sp., I. oxeia n. sp., I. cosmia n. sp., I. corrineae n. sp., I. comes n. sp., I. dongshaensis n. sp., I. philia n. sp., I. helicoides n. sp., I. lauensis n. sp., I. mesembrine n. sp. and I. boreia n. sp.. These species occur throughout the Indo-West Pacific, extending the known range of this genus beyond the south west Indian Ocean. We also synonymise Microgaza fulgens Dall, 1907 and Microgaza konos Vilvens, 2009 (syn. nov.) (as I. fulgens). New combinations include Ilanga fulgens and I. navakaensis.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, ZhongSha 2015

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, SAYA, Walters Shoal

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3

The assignment of species to the vetigastropod genus Solariella Wood, 1842, and therefore the family Solariellidae Powell, 1951, is complicated by the fact that the type species (Solariella maculata Wood, 1842) is a fossil described from the Upper Pliocene. Assignment of species to genera has proved difficult in the past, and the type genus has sometimes acted as a ‘wastebasket’ for species that cannot easily be referred to another genus. In the light of a new systematic framework provided by two recent publications presenting the first molecular phylogenetic data for the group, we reassess the shell characters that are most useful for delimiting genera. Shell characters were previously thought to be of limited taxonomic value above the species level, but this is far from the case. Although overall shell shape is not a reliable character, our work shows that shell characters, along with radular and anatomical characters, are useful for assigning species to genera. Sculpture of the early teleoconch (the region immediately following the protoconch) and the columella are particularly useful characters that have not been used regularly in the past to distinguish genera. However, even with the combination of all morphological characters used in this study (shell, radular and eye), a few species are still difficult to assign to genera and in such cases molecular systematic data are essential. In the present study, we discuss 13 genera—12 of which were recovered as well-supported clades in recent molecular systematic studies—and provide morphological characters to distinguish them. We describe several new taxa: Chonospeira n. gen. (referred to as ‘clade B’ in previous molecular systematic studies), Phragmomphalina n. gen. (Bathymophila in part in molecular systematic studies) and Phragmomphalina vilvensi n. sp. (type species of Phragmomphalina n. gen.). We synonymize Hazuregyra Shikama, 1962 with Minolia A. Adams, 1860, Minolia subangulata Kuroda & Habe, 1952 with Minolia punctata A. Adams, 1860 and M. gemmulata Kuroda & Habe, 1971 with M. shimajiriensis (MacNeil, 1960). We also present the following new combinations: Bathymophila bairdii (Dall, 1889), B. dawsoni (Marshall, 1979), B. regalis (Marshall, 1999), B. wanganellica (Marshall, 1999), B. ziczac (Kuroda & Habe in Kuroda, Habe & Oyama, 1971), Chonospeira nuda (Dall, 1896), C. iridescens (Habe, 1961), C. ostreion (Vilvens, 2009), C. strobilos (Vilvens, 2009), Elaphriella corona (Lee & Wu, 2001), E. diplax (Marshall, 1999), E. meridiana (Marshall, 1999), E. olivaceostrigata (Schepman, 1908), E. opalina (Shikama & Hayashi, 1977), Ilanga norfolkensis (Marshall, 1999), I. ptykte (Vilvens, 2009), I. zaccaloides (Vilvens, 2009), Minolia shimajiriensis (MacNeil, 1960), M. watanabei (Shikama, 1962), Phragmomphalina alabida (Marshall, 1979), P. diadema (Marshall, 1999), P. tenuiseptum (Marshall, 1999), Spectamen euteium (Vilvens, 2009), S. basilicum (Marshall, 1999), S. exiguum (Marshall, 1999) and S. flavidum (Marshall, 1999).

EXBODI, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004

ABSTRACT We present here the most taxon-rich phylogeny for the trochid subfamily Umboniinae published to date, with representatives from 14 of the 19 known genera, and as a result show that Umboniinae needs comprehensive taxonomic and systematic revision. We identified one clade corresponding to a new genus with four species collected from deeper water than is typical of most umboniine taxa and one new species likely belonging to a second, undescribed genus (all to be described elsewhere). Only four genera, as currently interpreted were recovered, as monophyletic: Umbonium, Lirularia, Monilea and Rossiteria. Zethalia (monotypic for extant taxa), Pseudominolia, Isanda and Parminolia were all represented by a single species (the latter by Gibbula vanwalleghemi; Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006). Conotalopia, Ethalia, Ethaliella, Ethminolia, Sericominolia and Vanitrochus were all polyphyletic. We formally recognize the following new combinations: Sericominolia glaphyrella (Melvill & Standen, 1895), Sericominolia vitiliginea (Menke, 1843), Vanitrochus ornatus (Sowerby III, 1903) and Parminolia vanwalleghemi (Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006), although further molecular studies are desirable to confirm these decisions. The first three generic reassignments make Sericominolia and Vanitrochus monophyletic in our tree. We also suggest that Ethaliella cf. rhodomphala (Souverbie, 1875) should be transferred to one of several clades with species previously assigned to Ethminolia, for which an appropriate genus name has not yet been resolved. This decision makes Ethaliella monophyletic. We also identified several cryptic species complexes, including Rossiteria nucleus (Philippi, 1850), the type species of Rossiteria. The phylogeny presented is a first step towards a more resolved systematic framework for Umboniinae and will allow future studies of key morphological innovations.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

The gastropod superfamily Trochoidea Rafinesque, 1815 is comprised of a diverse range of species, including large and charismatic species of commercial value as well as many small or enigmatic taxa that are only recently being represented in molecular studies. This study includes the first sequences for rarely collected species from the genera Gaza Watson, 1879, Callogaza Dall, 1881, Antimargarita Powell, 1951 and Kaiparathina Laws, 1941. There is also greater taxon sampling of genera that have proved difficult to place in previous phylogenetic analyses, like Tectus Montfort, 1810, Tegula Lesson, 1832, Margarites Gray, 1847, Margarella Thiele, 1893 and trochoid skeneimorphs. There is also greater sampling of poorly represented families Solariellidae and Liotiidae. Bayesian analysis of combined gene data sets based on four (28S, 12S, 16S and COI) or five genes (plus 18S) suggests that there are eight, possibly nine families in Trochoidea including the families Margaritidae and Tegulidae, which are recognized for the first time at familial rank. Other trochoidean families confirmed are Calliostomatidae, Liotiidae, Skeneidae, Solariellidae, Trochidae and Turbinidae. A clade including Cittarium and the commercially important genera Rochia and Tectus may represent a possible ninth family, but this is not formally recognized or described here and awaits confirmation from further studies. Relationships among families were not generally well supported except in the 5-gene tree. In the 5-gene tree, Turbinidae, Liotiidae, Tegulidae, Cittarium, Rochia and Tectus form a well-supported clade consistent with the previous molecular and morphological studies linking these groups. This clade forms another well-supported clade with Margaritidae and Solariellidae. Trochidae is sister to Calliostomatidae with strong support. Subfamilial relationships within Trochidae are consistent with recent molecular studies, with the addition of one new subfamily, Kaiparathininae Marshall 1993 (previously a tribe). Only two subfamilies are recognized within Turbinidae, both with calcareous opercula: Prisogasterinae and Turbininae. Calliostomatidae includes a new subfamily Margarellinae. Its assignment to Calliostomatidae, although well supported by molecular evidence, is surprising considering morphological evidence.

AURORA 2007, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2001, TERRASSES

Recent expeditions have revealed high levels of biodiversity in the tropical deep-sea, yet little is known about the age or origin of this biodiversity, and large-scale molecular studies are still few in number. In this study, we had access to the largest number of solariellid gastropods ever collected for molecular studies, including many rare and unusual taxa. We used a Bayesian chronogram of these deep-sea gastropods (1) to test the hypothesis that deep-water communities arose onshore, (2) to determine whether Antarctica acted as a source of diversity for deep-water communities elsewhere and (3) to determine how factors like global climate change have affected evolution on the continental slope. We show that although fossil data suggest that solariellid gastropods likely arose in a shallow, tropical environment, interpretation of the molecular data is equivocal with respect to the origin of the group. On the other hand, the molecular data clearly show that Antarctic species sampled represent a recent invasion, rather than a relictual ancestral lineage. We also show that an abrupt period of global warming during the Palaeocene Eocene Thermal Maximum (PETM) leaves no molecular record of change in diversification rate in solariellids and that the group radiated before the PETM. Conversely, there is a substantial, although not significant increase in the rate of diversification of a major clade approximately 33.7Mya, coinciding with a period of global cooling at the EoceneOligocene transition. Increased nutrients made available by contemporaneous changes to erosion, ocean circulation, tectonic events and upwelling may explain increased diversification, suggesting that food availability may have been a factor limiting exploitation of deep-sea habitats. Tectonic events that shaped diversification in reef-associated taxa and deep-water squat lobsters in central Indo-West Pacific were also probably important in the evolution of solariellids during the Oligo-Miocene.

AURORA 2007, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC, TERRASSES

Adaptations to habitats lacking light, such as the reduction or loss of eyes and pigmentation, have fascinated biologists for centuries, yet have rarely been studied in the deep sea, the earth's oldest and largest light‐limited habitat. Here, we investigate the evolutionary loss of shell pigmentation, pattern, and eye structure across a family of deep‐sea gastropods (Solariellidae). We show that within our phylogenetic framework, loss of these traits evolves without reversal, at different rates (faster for shell traits than eye structure), and over different depth ranges. Using a Bayesian approach, we find support for correlated evolution of trait loss with increasing depth within the dysphotic region. A transition to trait loss occurs for pattern and eye structure at 400–500 m and for pigmentation at 600–700 m. We also show that one of the sighted, shallow‐water species, Ilanga navakaensis, which may represent the “best‐case” scenario for vision for the family, likely has poor spatial acuity and contrast sensitivity. We therefore propose that pigmentation and pattern are not used for intraspecific communication but are important for camouflage from visual predators, and that the low‐resolution vision of solariellids is likely to require high light intensity for basic visual tasks, such as detecting predators.

BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

Mud snails (family Nassariidae) represent a highly diversified lineage within the superfamily Buccinoidea. Recent molecular phylogenies contradicted in some instances the traditional nassariid classification and revealed important levels of homoplasy in phenotypic characters. In order to clarify the boundaries of the family Nassariidae, as well as to inquire on the diversification of the cosmopolitan Nassariinae, a robust phylogenetic framework is needed. Here, the near-complete mitogenomes of 31 species representing almost all lineages of Nassariidae plus several buccinoid outgroups were sequenced. All mitogenomes of buccinoids shared the same gene order, which is identical to the consensus reported for caenogastropods. The monophyly of Nassariidae as previously defined was not confirmed. The reconstructed phylogeny revealed distant relationships between the genera Cyllene, Anentome, Tomlinia, Engoniophos, Phos and Antillophos and the majority of nassariids, represented by Nassariinae + Bullia. Within Nassariinae, a robust phylogeny, which recognized a total of seven regional groups, was reconstructed. The West Atlantic/Mediterranean genus Tritia was divided into three clades. The biogeographical analysis together with the inferred chronogram suggested that Nassariinae might have originated during the late Paleocene in the Indo-Pacific region. Subsequent climate change and continental drift events triggered diversification within the subfamily, leading to the worldwide distribution of current genera.

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, PAPUA NIUGINI, ZhongSha 2015

Abstract The practice of species delimitation using molecular data commonly leads to the revealing of species complexes and an increase in the number of delimited species. In a few instances, however, DNA-based taxonomy has led to lumping together of previously described species. Here, we delimit species in the genus Cryptogemma (Gastropoda: Conoidea: Turridae), a group of deep-sea snails with a wide geographical distribution, primarily by using the mitochondrial COI gene. Three approaches of species delimitation (ABGD, mPTP and GMYC) were applied to define species partitions. All approaches resulted in eight species. According to previous taxonomic studies and shell morphology, 23 available names potentially apply to the eight Cryptogemma species that were recognized herein. Shell morphometrics, radular characters and geographical and bathymetric distributions were used to link type specimens to these delimited species. In all, 23 of these available names are here attributed to seven species, resulting in 16 synonymizations, and one species is described as new: Cryptogemma powelli sp. nov. We discuss the possible reasons underlying the apparent overdescription of species within Cryptogemma, which is shown here to constitute a rare case of DNA-based species lumping in the hyper-diversified superfamily Conoidea.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TAIWAN 2013, TARASOC, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 1, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2004, TAIWAN 2013, TARASOC, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

Glass sponges (Class Hexactinellida) are important components of deep-sea ecosystems and are of interest from geological and materials science perspectives. The reconstruction of their phylogeny with molecular data has only recently begun and shows a better agreement with morphology-based systematics than is typical for other sponge groups, likely because of a greater number of informative morphological characters. However, inconsistencies remain that have far-reaching implications for hypotheses about the evolution of their major skeletal construction types (body plans). Furthermore, less than half of all described extant genera have been sampled for molecular systematics, and several taxa important for understanding skeletal evolution are still missing. Increased taxon sampling for molecular phylogenetics of this group is therefore urgently needed. However, due to their remote habitat and often poorly preserved museum material, sequencing all 126 currently recognized extant genera will be difficult to achieve. Utilizing morphological data to incorporate unsequenced taxa into an integrative systematics framework therefore holds great promise, but it is unclear which methodological approach best suits this task.

MIRIKY

Imagery has become a key tool for assessing deep-sea megafaunal biodiversity, historically based on physical sampling using fishing gears. Image datasets provide quantitative and repeatable estimates, small-scale spatial patterns and habitat descriptions. However, taxon identification from images is challenging and often relies on morphotypes without considering a taxonomic framework. Taxon identification is particularly challenging in regions where the fauna is poorly known and/or highly diverse. Furthermore, the efficiency of imagery and physical sampling may vary among habitat types. Here, we compared biodiversity metrics (alpha and gamma diversity, composition) based on physical sampling (dredging and trawling) and towed-camera still images (1) along the upper continental slope of Papua New Guinea (sedimented slope with wood-falls, a canyon and cold seeps), and (2) on the outer slopes of the volcanic islands of Mayotte, dominated by hard bottoms. The comparison was done on selected taxa (Pisces, Crustacea, Echinoidea, and Asteroidea), which are good candidates for identification from images. Taxonomic identification ranks obtained for the images varied among these taxa (e.g., family/order for fishes, genus for echinoderms). At these ranks, imagery provided a higher taxonomic richness for hard-bottom and complex habitats, partially explained by the poor performance of trawling on these rough substrates. For the same reason, the gamma diversity of Pisces and Crustacea was also higher from images, but no difference was observed for echinoderms. On soft bottoms, physical sampling provided higher alpha and gamma diversity for fishes and crustaceans, but these differences tended to decrease for crustaceans identified to the species/morphospecies level from images. Physical sampling and imagery were selective against some taxa (e.g., according to size or behavior), therefore providing different facets of biodiversity. In addition, specimens collected at a larger scale facilitated megafauna identification from images. Based on this complementary approach, we propose a robust methodology for image-based faunal identification relying on a taxonomic framework, from collaborative work with taxonomists. An original outcome of this collaborative work is the creation of identification keys dedicated specifically to in situ images and which take into account the state of the taxonomic knowledge for the explored sites.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, Restricted, PAPUA NIUGINI

MAINBAZA

Abstract Background A basal spicule of the hexactinellid sponge Monorhaphis chuni may reach up to 3 m in length and 10 mm in diameter, an extreme case of large spicule size. Generally, sponge spicules are of scales from micrometers to centimeters. Due to its large size many researchers have described its structure and properties and have proposed it as a model of hexactinellid spicule development. Thorough examination of new material of this basal spicule has revealed numerous inconsistencies between our observations and earlier descriptions. In this work, we present the results of detailed examinations with transmitted light and epifluorescence microscopy, SEM, solid state NMR analysis, FTIR and X-ray analysis and staining of Monorhaphis chuni basal spicules of different sizes, collected from a number of deep sea locations, to better understand its structure and function. Results Three morphologically/structurally different silica layers i.e. plain glassy layer (PG), tuberculate layer (TL) and annular layer (AL), and an axial cylinder (AC) characterize adult spicules. Young, immature spicules display only plain glassy silica layers which dominate the spicule volume. All three layers i.e. PG, TL and AL can substitute for each other along the surface of the spicule, but equally they are superimposed in older parts of the spicules, with AL being the most external and occurring only in the lower part of the spicules and TL being intermediate between AL and PG. The TL, which is composed of several thinner layers, is formed by a progressive folding of its surface but its microstructure is the same as in the PG layer (glassy silica). The AL differs significantly from the PG and TL in being granular and porous in structure. The TL was found to display positive structures (tubercles), not depressions, as earlier suggested. The apparent perforated and non-perforated bands of the AL are an optical artefact. The new layer type that we called the Ripple Mark Layer (RML) was noted, as well as narrow spikes on the AL ridges, both structures not reported earlier. The interface of the TL and AL, where tubercles fit into depressions of the lower surface of the AL, represent tenon and mortise or dovetail joints, making the spicules more stiff/strong and thus less prone to breaking in the lower part. Early stages of the spicule growth are bidirectional, later growth is unidirectional toward the spicule apex. Growth in thickness proceeds by adding new layers. The spicules are composed of well condensed silica, but the outermost AL is characterized by slightly more condensed silica with less water than the rest. Organics permeating the silica are homogeneous and proteinaceous. The external organic net (most probably collagen) enveloping the basal spicule is a structural element that bounds the sponge body together with the spicule, rather than controlling tubercle formation. Growth of various layers may proceed simultaneously in different locations along the spicule and it is sclerosyncytium that controls formation of silica layers. The growth in spicule length is controlled by extension of the top of the axial filament that is not enclosed by silica and is not involved in further silica deposition. No structures that can be related to sclerocytes (as known in Demospongiae) in Monorhaphis were discovered during this study. Conclusions Our studies resulted in a new insight into the structure and growth of the basal Monorhaphis spicules that contradicts earlier results, and permitted us to propose a new model of this spicule’s formation. Due to its unique structure, associated with its function, the basal spicule of Monorhaphis chuni cannot serve as a general model of growth for all hexactinellid spicules.

MAINBAZA

Detailed study of the Monniot collection of copepods belonging to the family Notodelphyidae has revealed an extraordinary diversity of novel taxa. With rare exceptions notodelphyids live in association with ascidians and the Monniot collection was built up over several decades of field collecting and taxonomic research on the ascidian hosts by Drs Claude & Françoise Monniot (MNHN, Paris). This paper describes a total of 178 new species of notodelphyids from ascidian hosts and 37 new genera are established: Bathynotodelphys gen.nov., Pronotodelphys gen. nov., Ooishillgia gen. nov., Nobinerilla gen. nov., Notopygus gen. nov., Chelipygus gen. nov., Sympygus gen. nov., Vaoda gen. nov., Gosbia gen. nov., Pentachaetus gen. nov., Diceratus gen. nov., Prodoroixys gen. nov., Notoixys gen. nov., Borixys gen. nov., Cystixys gen. nov., Ammonixys gen. nov., Ctenixys gen. nov., Ademoixys gen. nov., Gallincola gen. nov., Scoliosoma gen. nov., Contoura gen. nov., Unimeria gen. nov., Mecodelphys gen. nov., Tubipedia gen. nov., Procampodelphys gen. nov., Janius gen. nov., Campodelphys gen. nov., Hamaticoxa gen. nov., Adrodelphys gen. nov., Phyllodelphys gen. nov., Lissodelphys gen. nov., Nodoscarus gen. nov., Diblastus gen. nov., Chilodelphys gen. nov., Scaridelphys gen. nov., Socotradelphys gen. nov., and Aplodelphys gen. nov. Prior to this study the Notodelphyidae comprised exactly 200 valid species classified in 46 genera, a mean species richness of 4.3 species per genus. After the addition of the new taxa described here, the family now comprises 378 species in 83 genera, a mean species richness of 4.6 species per genus. Generic diagnoses are provided for all genera represented in the collection and the availability of a wider range of taxa has allowed certain generic boundaries to be better defined, resulting in transfers of species between genera and the recognition of 16 new combinations. A further 51 existing species are also reported, and brief supplementary notes or full redescriptions are provided as appropriate.

ATIMO VATAE, EVHOE, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4

Surveys of littoral invertebrates along the southern coast of Madagascar have produced the first study of ascidians in this part of the Indian Ocean. Collections were made by SCUBA divers in May and June 2010 down to 25m depth. This region is considered the southern limit for coral reefs but remains diverse biologically. Upwellings and an abundant plankton community particularly favour the abundance of ascidians in this area. Of the 39 species of non-didemnid species described here, eight are new. Ten species are common to South Africa. Other species were for the most part already known from the Mozambique Channel and a few have also been recorded in the western Pacific (either cosmopolitan or introduced).

ATIMO VATAE

Cymonomid crabs collected from the Mozambique Channel off Madagascar by the 2011 MAINBAZA Expedition are reported. Two species of Cymonomus A. Milne Edwards, 1880, are represented, of which one is new to science and the other, C. valdiviae Lankester, 1903, is rediscovered, being previously known only from the holotype. Three species of Cymonomidae are now known from the western Indian Ocean, including C. trifurcus Stebbing, 1920, from South Africa.

MAINBAZA

The spiny spider crab, Samadinia pulchra (Miers in Tizard, Moseley, Buchanan & Murray, 1885) (type locality: Bohol Sea, Philippines) has long been considered to be widespread in the western Pacific and Indian Ocean, with Anamathia livermorii Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, described from the Andaman Sea, in its synonymy. Reassessment of Samadinia pulchra from throughout its purported range indicates that it comprises a complex of three species: S. pulchra sensu stricto, occurring in the northwestern Pacific, from the South China Sea to Japan; S. livermorii, occurring in the Indian Ocean, ranging from southwestern Indonesia to East Africa; and a new species, S. jimlowryi sp. nov., ranging from northwestern Australia to southeastern Indonesia.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2005

The spiny spider crab, Samadinia pulchra (Miers in Tizard, Moseley, Buchanan & Murray, 1885) (type locality: Bohol Sea, Philippines) has long been considered to be widespread in the western Pacific and Indian Ocean, with Anamathia livermorii Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, described from the Andaman Sea, in its synonymy. Reassessment of Samadinia pulchra from throughout its purported range indicates that it comprises a complex of three species: S. pulchra sensu stricto, occurring in the northwestern Pacific, from the South China Sea to Japan; S. livermorii, occurring in the Indian Ocean, ranging from southwestern Indonesia to East Africa; and a new species, S. jimlowryi sp. nov., ranging from northwestern Australia to southeastern Indonesia.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2004

Two new deep-water species of the snapping shrimp genus Alpheus Fabricius, 1798 are described based on the material collected by the expeditions BIOPAPUA, BOA1 and MIRIKY, organised by the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris. Alpheus alaincrosnieri n. sp. from the A. brevirostris (Olivier, 1811) group is described based on material dredged at depths of 198–408 m near the coasts of Papua New Guinea, Vanuatu and Madagascar. This species also occurs in the Philippines, based on morphological characters of a mutilated specimen from Masbate reported by Chace (1988). Alpheus alaincrosnieri n. sp. is unique within the A. brevirostris group, in having small orbital teeth. In most other features, A. alaincrosnieri n. sp. is morphologically closest to A. kagoshimanus Hayashi & Nagata, 2000, A. longipalma Komai & Ohtomi, 2018, A. macroskeles Alcock & Anderson, 1894, A. nonalter Kensley, 1969 and A. acutocarinatus De Man, 1909. Alpheus vanuatu n. sp. is described based on several specimens dredged at depths of 231–331 m off Espirito Santo, Vanuatu. This species most likely represents a deep-water member of the newly defined A. paracrinitus species group, sharing most morphological characters with A. tenuipes De Man, 1910 and A. labis Banner & Banner, 1982.

BIOPAPUA, BOA1, MIRIKY

The present study is based on material collected in the intertidal and shallow subtidal areas of two Islands in the Persian Gulf, Abu-Musa and Larak. The new species, Synalpheus pentaspinosus n. sp., is closely related to S. quinquedens Tattersall, 1921. These two species share a very characteristic, sixth pleonite armed posteriorly with five stout sharp teeth, a feature unique within the genus. The color of ovaries or freshly laid eggs, red-orange in S. pentaspinosus n. sp. vs. green in S. quinquedens, is the most obvious character, by which the new species may be distinguished from S. quinquedens in the field. In addition, the two species can be separated by two characters on the dactylus of the minor cheliped. In the new species, the dactylus is furnished with two prominent rows of setae, one dorsally and one mesially, and has a small concavity on the cutting edge, contrasting to only one mesial row of setae and no obvious concavity in S. quinquedens.

ATIMO VATAE

The present study focuses on shrimps belonging to the genus Lysmata Risso, 1816, collected from Madagascar during the Atimo Vatae expedition carried out in 2010. Lysmata malagasy sp. nov. is a new species belonging to the clade named “long accessory ramous” or “cosmopolitan” in previous phylogenetic studies. The new species can be distinguished from the only two other representatives of this group in the Indo-west Pacific, L. ternatensis De Man, 1902, and L. trisetacea (Heller, 1861), by the accessory ramus of the lateral antennular flagellum consisting of four elongated articles. Lysmata lipkei Okuno & Fiedler, 2010 is reported here from Madagascar with a remarkable extension of its known range after its original description from Japan. This species has also been reported from Singapore and, as alien species, from Brazil. Lastly, L. kuekenthali De Man, 1902 known from numerous localities in the Indo-West Pacific biogeographic area, is reported for the first time from Madagascar. Results of the present morphological and molecular analyses suggest that L. hochi Baeza & Anker, 2008 from the Caribbean Sea is a synonym of the Indo-West Pacific L. kuekenthali, and thus the latter species is alien in the western Atlantic.

ATIMO VATAE

Polychelidan lobsters are a group of decapod crustaceans which, in terms of both numbers of species and morphology, were more diverse during the Triassic and Jurassic than their modern representatives (Polychelidae). Here a new genus and species from the Lower Jurassic of Switzerland, Angusteryon oberlii, is described. The new taxon is characterised by a particularly narrow cephalothoracic shield, which is an unusual trait in comparison to all other polychelidan lobsters, both fossil and extant. It is tentatively assigned to the Coleiidae here. A. oberlii nov. gen., nov. sp. was recovered from hemipelagic sedimentary rocks, suggesting that it inhabited a deep-water setting. Although there is a possibility that the present specimens could be parautochthonous, the small size of the ocular incisions may indicate that A. oberlii nov. gen., nov. sp. had either reduced vision or was blind, which could be explained by its having inhabited a deep-water habitat. If our views on this mode of life and taxonomic assignment are correct, this would suggest convergent degeneration of vision between the new taxon and the Polychelidae. Furthermore, features of the newly collected specimen augment the apparent morphological diversity displayed by polychelidan lobsters early in their history, as well as document a more substantial decrease of such since the Triassic and Jurassic than previously recorded.

BIOMAGLO, KARUBENTHOS 2, MAINBAZA

During the past decade, a large number of multi-gene analyses aimed at resolving the phylogeneticrelationships within Decapoda. However relationships among families, and even among sub-families, remain poorly defined. Most analyses used an incomplete and opportunistic sampling of species, but also an incomplete and opportunistic gene selection among those available for Decapoda. Here we test in the Caridea if improving the taxonomic coverage following the hierarchical scheme of the classification, as it is currently accepted, provides a better phylogenetic resolution for the inter-families relationships. The rich collections of the Muse´um National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris are used for sampling as far as possible at least two species of two different genera for each family or subfamily. All potential markers are tested over this sampling. For some coding genes the amplification success varies greatly among taxa and the phylogenetic signal is highly saturated. This result probably explains the taxon-heterogeneity among previously published studies. The analysis is thus restricted to the genes homogeneously amplified over the whole sampling. Thanks to the taxonomic sampling scheme the monophyly of most families is confirmed. However the genes commonly used in Decapoda appear non-adapted for clarifying inter-families relationships, which remain poorly resolved. Genome-wide analyses, like transcriptome-based exon capture facilitated by the new generation sequencing methods might provide a sounder approach to resolve deep and rapid radiations like the Caridea.

Restricted, ATIMO VATAE, Restricted, Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, Restricted, BIOPAPUA, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, Restricted, KARUBAR, Restricted, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD20 (SAFARI), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB

A documented and illustrated checklist of land, mangrove and rivers Decapoda is proposed for Mayotte region. The study area is situated between longitudes 43-48° E and latitudes 11-13°10’ S. It includes Mayotte Island, Comoros Islands, and Glorioso Islands. Records of the species are from a fieldwork at Mayotte in November 2009, complemented by a literature review. 58 species are listed including 24 new records for Mayotte region. The inventory includes 42 crabs, 11 shrimps and 5 coenobitids (Birgus latro, Coenobita spp.). Crabs Grapsoidea (Cardisoma, Geograpsus, Grapsus, Metasesarma, Metopograpsus, Neosarmatium, Pachygrapsus, Parasesarma, Perisesarma, Pseudograpsus, Pseudohelice, Ptychognathus, Sesarmops, Thalassograpsus, and Varuna) are best represented together with the Ocypodoidea (Chaenostoma, Dotilla, Macrophthalmus, Ocypode, and Uca). Shrimps belong to the genera Atyoida, Caridina, Macrobrachium, and Palaemon. Biotopes investigated include rivers, mangroves, estuaries, land, and coastal areas with a special attention paid to Malamani mangrove in the west coast of Mayotte Island. The fauna of Mayotte region is predominantly indo-west pacific in its composition (45 species). Thirteen species are distributed only in the western Indian Ocean, but only one is perhaps endemic to the region. A comparison with the fauna of the Seychelles Islands shows that at least 6 additional species, widely distributed in the Indo-West Pacific, are potentially also present in Mayotte region.

BENTHEDI, Restricted, MIRIKY

The genus Paramunida belongs to the family Galatheidae, one of the most species rich families among anomuran decapod crustaceans. In spite of the genus has received substantial taxonomic attention, subtle morphological variations observed in numerous samples suggest the existence of undescribed species. The examination of many specimens collected during recent expeditions and morphological and molecular comparisons with previously described species have revelaled the existence of eleven new lineages. All of them are distinguished by subtle and constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences reported for the mitochondrial markers ND1 and 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species, providing brief redescriptions for the previously known species, and a dichotomous identification key for all species in the genus.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2004

The genus Allogalathea was established by Baba in 1969 to include the well-known species Galathea elegans. This species is widely distributed across the Indo-West Pacific Ocean, and is characterized by living in close association with crinoids, and by its conspicuous coloration. Although the genus is considered monospecific, different colour patterns and discrete morphological variations mainly associated with the rostrum and chelipeds have been reported. These differences could point to cryptic species, thereby questioning Allogalathea as a monotypic taxon. To address this issue, we sequenced the mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase I (COI; 658 bp) and 16S rRNA (882 bp) genes and the nuclear gene phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK; 598 bp) in numerous specimens from eight different localities, and also examined their morphological characters. DNA sequences were analysed using maximum-parsimony, maximum-likelihood, and Bayesian approaches of phylogenetic inference. The resulting trees were combined with morphological evidence to test species boundaries. Our molecular data revealed four deeply divergent clades, which can be distinguished by subtle morphological differences in the spinulation and length: breadth ratio of the P1 carpus, spinulation of the walking legs, and shape of the rostrum. Our findings indicated that Allogalathea elegans is in fact a species complex comprising four different species, which, although genetically very distinct, are morphologically very similar. We provide morphological descriptions and a key to these four species of the genus.

CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Deep-sea shrimps of the species Plesionika acanthonotus (Smith, 1882) and P. holthuisi Crosnier & Forest, 1968 are morphologically similar and exhibit overlapping amphi-Atlantic distributions. In the literature, through morphological studies, there are reports of doubts about the validity of P. holthuisi and some authors believe that the eastern and western Atlantic populations of P. acanthonothus could represent two distinct species. The objective of the present study was to use molecular data to elucidate the taxonomic status of the two populations of P. acanthonothus. DNA sequences of two mitochondrial genes (16S rDNA and Cytochrome Oxidase subunit I) and a nuclear gene (Histone 3) were obtained for both species and for both populations of P. acanthonotus. The sequences were also obtained from Genbank for comparison. The trees (separate and multi-locus/partitioned genes) were generated by Bayesian Inference analyzes, and genetic divergence (Kimura-2-parameters) was also calculated. All specimens that had their DNA sequenced were examined morphologically to confirm their identification; morphological variations were noted. The genetic data showed that Plesionika holthuisi is closely related to P. acanthonotus, but clearly separated, indicating that P. holthuisi is a valid species. In the multi-locus analysis, the P. acanthonothus specimens were divided into two clades, one with the eastern Atlantic specimens and another with the western Atlantic specimens. However, this genetic separation was considered to be a population structuring for three reasons: (1) the genetic divergences of the two mitochondrial genes between these two groups (eastern Atlantic X western Atlantic) were smaller than the interspecific divergence for Plesionika; (2) the P. acanthonothus sequences of the Histone 3 gene showed no genetic variation; (3) in the analyzed individuals, no valid morphological character was found to support this separation. Thus, the conclusion of this study is that P. holthuisi probably is a valid species and P. acanthonothus presents two populations with mitochondrial divergences that could be in the process of speciation, but which currently represent only one species.

BIOPAPUA, MAINBAZA

A study of the goneplacid crabs (Goneplacidae) collected in the Mozambique Channel, southwestern Indian Ocean by the MAINBAZA expedition along the Mozambique coast and the MIRIKI expedition off northwestern Madagascar revealed the presence of four species, one of which is described as a new species of Pycnoplax Castro, 2007. The new species differs from its six congeners by the morphology of the carapace front, GI, and vulva, and by having a complete thoracic sternal suture 7/8. It is the first species of Pycnoplax recorded from the Indian Ocean, its congeners being restricted to the Pacific. The discovery of a new species has necessitated a review of the diagnosis of Pycnoplax and the key to its species.

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

Material, mostly deep-water, belonging to eight families of brachyuran crabs are listed from the MAINBAZA, MIRIKI, and ATIMO VATAE expeditions to the Mozambique Channel and northwestern and southern Madagascar. A new species of Ethusa Roux, 1830 (Ethusidae), unique for its vivid colouration and collection in shallow water 13-22 m deep, is described from southern Madagascar. Sphenomerides trapezoides (Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891) (Trapeziidae) is for the first time recorded from a host, a sponge, and the presence of mucus-gathering setae are for the first time demonstrated in this rarely collected species. A neotype for Dorippe sexdentata Stimpson, 1858 (Ethusidae) is designated to stabilise the taxonomy of the species. The male and the vulva of Ethusa machaera Castro, 2005, and the vulva of E. sexdentata (Stimpson, 1858) are described for the first time. Five species are new records for Madagascar: Crossotonotus spinipes (De Man, 1888) (Crossotonotidae); Carcinoplax ischurodous (Stebbing, 1923), Goneplax clevai Guinot & Castro, 2007, and Ommatocarcinus pulcher Barnard, 1950 (Goneplacidae); and Pseudopalicus sexlobatus (Kensley, 1969) (Palicidae); while Ethusina somalica (Doflein, 1904) (Ethusidae) is a new record for the southwestern Indian Ocean.

ATIMO VATAE, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

MAINBAZA

Cirripedes of the superorder Acrothoracica are normally found as epizoic borings on marine calcareous substrates. Armatoglyptes taiwanus (Utinomi, 1950) is a lithoglyptid acrothoracican barnacle reported from different parts of the Indo-Pacific. Recent studies have demonstrated phylogenetic breaks between the Indian and Pacific Oceans populations in widespread Indo-Pacific marine organisms due to isolation events during the Pleistocene glaciations. It is possible that A. taiwanus represents a cryptic species complex in the Indo-Pacific, which the previous studies have failed to identify from morphology alone. In the present study, we analyzed the morphology and the sequence divergence of the 12S rDNA of A. taiwanus from the Indo-Pacific region, including Taiwan and the Philippines in the Pacific, and Phuket Island (Thailand) and the Mozambique Channel in the Indian Ocean, to test whetherA. taiwanus is a cryptic species across its geographical range. The results showed that A. taiwanus has a homogeneous population structure in Taiwan, the Philippines, and Phuket Island (sequence divergence < 1%). Specimens from the Mozambique Channel, although morphologically similar to A. taiwanus, have a greater sequence divergence of 9.4% from A. taiwanus in the Pacific, and thus appeared to represent a new species, described herein as Armatoglyptes flexuosus n. sp. Although both species are morphologically similar, A. flexuosus n. sp. has more strongly bent/recurved posterior processes of the opercular bars and feebler armament of the orificial knob than does A. taiwanus from Taiwan (type locality). Phylogenetic analysis showed that populations of A. flexuosus n. sp. from the Mozambique Channel and A. taiwanus from the Pacific region are indeed closely related. Populations of their common ancestor may have become isolated and underwent speciation during the Pleistocene glaciations.

MAINBAZA

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, TARASOC

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, PANGLAO 2005, Restricted, SANTO 2006, Restricted

A new species of the sergestid shrimp genus Sicyonella Borradaile, 1910 was discovered in a recent expedition to southern Madagascar. The presence of Sicyonella in Madagascar is also a new genus record for the country. The new species has the petasma and thelycum very different from the three known species of the genus, and is also unique in the basal part of the mesial antennular flagellum not being modified in males.

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Walters Shoal

Recent French deep-sea expeditions in the Indo-West Pacific resulted in the collection of abundant material of the deep-sea lobster genus Puerulus Ortmann, 1897 (Palinuridae). Difficulties in identification necessitated a generic revision and as a result, five new species are described, all of which are similar to P. angulatus (Bate, 1888). Puerulus angulatus was thought to have a wide distribution from eastern Africa to Marquesas Islands, but is now restricted to the western Pacific, from Japan to Australia. Of the five new species, P. gibbosus n. sp. is found in eastern Africa, P. mesodontus n. sp. from Japan to Fiji, P. richeri n. sp. from the New Caledonia to Marquesas Islands, while P. sericus n. sp. and P. quadridentis n. sp. mainly occur around New Caledonia. Of the other three previously described species, the distribution of P. velutinus Holthuis, 1963, is extended to Fiji, while P. sewelli Ramadan, 1938, and P. carinatus Borradaile, 1910, are still only known from the northern and western parts of the Indian Ocean, respectively. COI gene sequence differences support the morphological species distinctions.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MAINBAZA, Restricted, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Nephropsis stewarti Wood-Mason, 1872 is the most common species of the deep-sea clawed lobster genus Nephropsis Wood-Mason, 1872 in the Indo-West Pacific. Morphological comparisons and genetic analyses of extensive material referred to this lobster revealed the presence of three species. The three species differ mainly in body size, development of the intermediate carina on the carapace, position of the lateral pair of rostral teeth, whether the pleonal tergum is granulate, and the spination on the large chelipeds. Nephropsis stewarti is restricted to the western central Indian Ocean, and a neotype is selected to fix its identity. The name Nephropsis grandis Zarenkov, 2006 is revived with neotype selection for the large form found in the West Pacific and northwestern Australia. The smaller form from southern Taiwan and the Philippines is described as Nephropsis pygmaea sp. nov.

KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2005

The taxonomy of majid spider crabs collected from recent southwest Indian Ocean cruises belonging to Eurynome Leach, 1814, and allied genera is treated. Eurynome longimana Stimpson, 1857, long synonymised with the European E. aspera (Pennant, 1777), is here recognised as a distinct species. Stimpson’s (1857) species can be distinguished by the armature of granules on the third maxilliped, proportions and armature of the ambulatory merus, relatively shorter ambulatory dactylus, structure of the male sternopleonal cavity and relative proportions of the male first gonopod. The composition of Choniognathus Rathbun, 1932, is discussed and the type species, C. koreensis Rathbun, 1932, is figured. One species, C. verhoeffi (Balss, 1929), is not considered to be a member of Choniognathus and its taxonomy is discussed. A new spinose species, C. spinosus, is also described. Seiitaoides Griffin & Tranter, 1986, is revised, and two new species, S. mirabilis and S. kabuto, are described and compared with S. orientalis (Sakai, 1961) and S. stimpsoni (Miers, 1884). The poorly known Eurynome elegans Stebbing, 1921 is rediscovered, its taxonomy clarified and the species is shown to belong to Kasagia Richer de Forges & Ng, 2007. A second species of Kasagia, K. sudhakari Padate, Manjebrayakath & Ng, 2019, recently described from the Arabian Sea is recorded from southwest Indian Ocean.

BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004

Over the last decade or so, much has been written on the classification of Decapoda, fuelled by a surge in molecular phylogenetic studies, as well as close scrutiny of internal and external morphological characteristics. As discussed by Fransen & De Grave (2009), such studies on shrimps are still somewhat ”thin on the ground”, at least compared to the more extensive work done on the Brachyura and Anomura. At a higher level in decapod classification it has long been recognised that three distinct lineages of shrimps can be distinguished: Dendrobranchiata, Stenopodidea and Caridea, a system which has not been seriously challenged by recent studies. The internal classification of Dendrobranchiata and Stenopodidea alike has been stable for some time, with the only major addition being the family Macromaxillocarididae Alvarez, Iliffe & Villalobos (2006) to the Stenopodidea in recent years. A different picture has emerged for Caridea very recently with Bracken et al. (2009) and Chan et al. (2010), both drawing attention to the non-monophyletic status of certain superfamilies and families. Further, we are aware of work currently in progress (some by the authors of this compilation) corroborating the hypothesis that the current classification of Caridea is unnatural, lines of study which will lead to the resurrection of certain family names as well as further refinement to other families. As one of our objectives for the current effort was to link this compilation of species level information with the earlier work by Chace (1992) for families and Holthuis (1993a) for genera, we have elected to largely follow the classification outlined by De Grave et al. (2009) which builds upon this earlier work. As such, it was deemed advisable to include the recently resurrected family Acanthephyridae Spence Bate, 1888 in the superfamily Oplophoroidea, rather than in this catalogue to create a new superfamily, which would perhaps be more congruent with the results in Chan et al. (2010). Although we follow herein the classification scheme of De Grave et al. (2009), two recent changes have been implemented. The clarification of the status of Galatheacaris abyssalis Vereshchaka, 1997a, as the megalopal stage of Eugonatonotus chacei Chan & Yu, 1991a, by De Grave et al. (2010) resulted in the removal of the family Galatheacarididae and superfamily Galatheacaridoidea in the current listing. Bracken et al. (2010) clarified the status of the family Procarididae, resulting in the recognition of a fourth group of shrimp, Infraorder Procarididea.

BATHUS 2, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, Restricted, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The pantropical genus Palaemonella Dana, 1852 (Caridea: Palaemonidae) currently includes 27 species of free-living and symbiotic marine shrimps. The monophyly of Palaemonella with respect to several closely related genera, however, has been questioned by recent analyses. We tested the monophyly of Palaemonella based on multigene phylogenetic analysis and the genus was revealed to be a paraphyletic assemblage by inclusion of species of the genera Eupontonia Bruce, 1971 and Vir Holthuis, 1952, and two genetic lineages of the western Atlantic Cuapetes americanus (Kingsley, 1878). We recognise one of the latter lineages as the previously described Periclimenes rhizophorae Lebour, 1949. Eupontonia and Vir are synonymised with Palaemonella. We also transfer Cuapetes americanus and Periclimenes rhizophorae to Palaemonella. Species previously assigned to Vir were revised; V. colemani Bruce, 2003, V. orientalis (Dana, 1852), V. philippinensis Bruce & Svoboda, 1984 and V. smiti Fransen & Holthuis, 2007 are regarded as valid species of Palaemonella; Vir longidactylus Marin, 2008 is synonymised with P. smiti; and the status of V. euphyllius Marin & Anker, 2005 remains unresolved. Palaemonella is currently regarded as a taxon with variable states of two main diagnostic characters, i.e. the plesiomorphic mandibular palp (fully reduced in P. americana) and the hepatic tooth (fully reduced in former species of Vir and Eupontonia – evidently due to symbiotic modes of life).

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 1, GUYANE 2014, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PAPUA NIUGINI, PROTEUS-GUYANE, SANTO 2006

The pantropical genus Palaemonella Dana, 1852 (Caridea: Palaemonidae) currently includes 27 species of free-living and symbiotic marine shrimps. The monophyly of Palaemonella with respect to several closely related genera, however, has been questioned by recent analyses. We tested the monophyly of Palaemonella based on multigene phylogenetic analysis and the genus was revealed to be a paraphyletic assemblage by inclusion of species of the genera Eupontonia Bruce, 1971 and Vir Holthuis, 1952, and two genetic lineages of the western Atlantic Cuapetes americanus (Kingsley, 1878). We recognise one of the latter lineages as the previously described Periclimenes rhizophorae Lebour, 1949. Eupontonia and Vir are synonymised with Palaemonella. We also transfer Cuapetes americanus and Periclimenes rhizophorae to Palaemonella. Species previously assigned to Vir were revised; V. colemani Bruce, 2003, V. orientalis (Dana, 1852), V. philippinensis Bruce & Svoboda, 1984 and V. smiti Fransen & Holthuis, 2007 are regarded as valid species of Palaemonella; Vir longidactylus Marin, 2008 is synonymised with P. smiti; and the status of V. euphyllius Marin & Anker, 2005 remains unresolved. Palaemonella is currently regarded as a taxon with variable states of two main diagnostic characters, i.e. the plesiomorphic mandibular palp (fully reduced in P. americana) and the hepatic tooth (fully reduced in former species of Vir and Eupontonia – evidently due to symbiotic modes of life). ZooBank: urn:lsid:zoobank.org:pub:7EEBC655-7EDE-4E46-BCB2-2A3BA16ED7DD

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 1, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, PROTEUS-GUYANE, SANTO 2006

BORDAU 1, Restricted, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

The phylogenetic relationships and evolutionary processes within the subfamily Pontoniinae, a speciose group of shrimps with diverse lifestyles (free living, semi-symbiotic and symbiotic) inhabiting the coral reefs of tropical oceans, are an interesting and undeveloped subject of study. In this work, two mitochondrial ribosomal genes (12S rRNA and 16S rRNA) and two protein-coding nuclear genes (Histone 3 and the sodium–potassium ATPase a-subunit) were employed to reconstruct the phylogenetic relationships of 42 genera and 101 species within Pontoniinae. Compared to previous studies, ten additional genera were shown to be monophyletic groups, and the genera Dactylonia and Periclimenaeus were shown to be paraphyletic. The shallow-water crinoid-associated pontoniines were divided into several groups which were mostly consistent with the morphological analysis. The studied bivalve-associated taxa exhibited ancestries that were traceable to different lineages, and two groups could be distinguished: Anchiopontonia + Conchodytes and Anchistus. The similar situation occurred in other echinoderm-associated pontoniines. These results suggest that pontoniines sharing the same hosts may have different evolutionary origins resulting from multiple intrusions of their hosts by morphologically plastic ancestral groups.

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SMIB 2

ATIMO VATAE

A new and revised classification of the small family Dorippidae H. Milne Edwards, 1837, which previously comprised two distinct subfamilies (Dorippinae H. Milne Edwards, 1837 and Ethusinae Guinot, 1977), each of which was subsequently elevated to a familial rank supported by traditional data and genetic phylogenies, is presented on the basis of a morphological analysis involving a large number of characters. The family is in fact highly diverse, at all levels. Several features are described and depicted in detail here for the first time, e.g. the presence of a diversely developed strip along the protrudingly rimmed posterior margin of the carapace; on the dorsally exposed thoracic sternite 8, a process acting as an additional pleonal-retention mechanism in the females of three genera (Dorippe Weber, 1795; Philippidorippe Chen, 1986; Phyllodorippe Manning & Holthuis, 1981); a callosity at the base of the coxa of the third pereiopod, variously shaped, in two genera (Dorippe and Dorippoides Serène & Romimohtarto, 1969). The generic and specific taxonomy masterfully stabilised by Holthuis & Manning (1991) is undisputed and still valid, except for the composition of the genus Heikeopsis Ng, Guinot & Davie, 2008 that may well contain in northern China a form not entirely consistent with the typical Heikeopsis japonica (von Siebold, 1824) of Japan. A second exception concerns the genus Paradorippe Serène & Romimohtarto, 1969 sensu Holthuis & Manning (1991) that may not be monophyletic. The validity of Medorippe crosnieri Chen, 1988, questioned by Holthuis & Manning (1990), could not be confirmed here: its distinctive morphological characters from M. lanata (Linnaeus, 1767) suggest that it could be recognised one day. The synthesis of conventional and new characters allows the traditional taxonomic approach to be updated and modernised, more complete and robust diagnoses to be constructed, and groups of genera to be circumscribed. We propose a new subfamily classification whereby the family Dorippidae is recognised as monophyletic but with seven genera assigned to subfamily-level rank, leading to the recognition of seven distinct subfamilies: the Dorippinae H. Milne Edwards, 1837 n. stat. (Dorippe), D­ orippoidinae n. subfam. (Dorippoides), M­ edorippinae n. subfam.

Restricted, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Currently, 14 of the 50 species of Lysmata are known to possess a long accessory branch with more than two articles. Historically, Lysmata intermedia and Lysmata moorei were the only two ‘long-branch’ species inhabiting the southwestern Atlantic. Here we describe, based on morphological, molecular and colour pattern data, a new species of Lysmata possessing a long accessory branch from Pernambuco, northeastern Brazil. Our maximum-likelihood analysis recovered Lysmata elisa sp. n. as a sister species to Lysmata jundalini. Both species are closely related to Lysmata holthuisi and L. intermedia. The four aforementioned species comprise the L. intermedia species complex. The new species may be morphologically distinguished from the other closely related species by different sets of characters, which include details of the dorsolateral antennular flagellum, armature of ischium of the second pair of pereiopods, intraorbital process shape and relative proportions of pereiopods. Our results reinforce the importance of refining biodiversity data through the application of integrative taxonomic approaches to expand the knowledge of local and global biodiversity. The biodiversity of Lysmata deserves special attention, as they are intensively exploited in the aquarium trade.

ATIMO VATAE

Imagery has become a key tool for assessing deep-sea megafaunal biodiversity, historically based on physical sampling using fishing gears. Image datasets provide quantitative and repeatable estimates, small-scale spatial patterns and habitat descriptions. However, taxon identification from images is challenging and often relies on morphotypes without considering a taxonomic framework. Taxon identification is particularly challenging in regions where the fauna is poorly known and/or highly diverse. Furthermore, the efficiency of imagery and physical sampling may vary among habitat types. Here, we compared biodiversity metrics (alpha and gamma diversity, composition) based on physical sampling (dredging and trawling) and towed-camera still images (1) along the upper continental slope of Papua New Guinea (sedimented slope with wood-falls, a canyon and cold seeps), and (2) on the outer slopes of the volcanic islands of Mayotte, dominated by hard bottoms. The comparison was done on selected taxa (Pisces, Crustacea, Echinoidea, and Asteroidea), which are good candidates for identification from images. Taxonomic identification ranks obtained for the images varied among these taxa (e.g., family/order for fishes, genus for echinoderms). At these ranks, imagery provided a higher taxonomic richness for hard-bottom and complex habitats, partially explained by the poor performance of trawling on these rough substrates. For the same reason, the gamma diversity of Pisces and Crustacea was also higher from images, but no difference was observed for echinoderms. On soft bottoms, physical sampling provided higher alpha and gamma diversity for fishes and crustaceans, but these differences tended to decrease for crustaceans identified to the species/morphospecies level from images. Physical sampling and imagery were selective against some taxa (e.g., according to size or behavior), therefore providing different facets of biodiversity. In addition, specimens collected at a larger scale facilitated megafauna identification from images. Based on this complementary approach, we propose a robust methodology for image-based faunal identification relying on a taxonomic framework, from collaborative work with taxonomists. An original outcome of this collaborative work is the creation of identification keys dedicated specifically to in situ images and which take into account the state of the taxonomic knowledge for the explored sites.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Restricted, Restricted, PAPUA NIUGINI

ATIMO VATAE, MAINBAZA

Several species of palaemonid shrimps are known to act as fish-cleaning symbionts, with cleaning interactions ranging from dedicated (obligate) to facultative. We confirmed five evolutionarily independent origins of fish cleaning symbioses within the family Palaemonidae based on a phylogenetic analysis and the ancestral state reconstruction of 68 species, including 13 fish-cleaners from the genera Ancylomenes, Brachycarpus, Palaemon, Periclimenes, and Urocaridella. We focus in particular on two distantly related lineages of fish cleaning shrimps with allopatric distributions, the Indo-West Pacific Ancylomenes and the western Atlantic monophyletic Ancylomenes/Periclimenes group, which exhibit striking similarities in morphology, colouration and complex behaviour. Specifically, representatives of both lineages are similar in: (1) the general body shape and colour pattern; (2) the utilization of sea anemones as conspicuous cleaning stations; and (3) the use of sideways body swaying to visually promote their bright colour spots in order to attract fish clients. Such morphological, ecological and ethological convergences are apparently due to adaptations to fish cleaning linked to the establishment of similar modes of communication with fish clients in these species.

ATIMO VATAE, MADIBENTHOS, PAPUA NIUGINI

The swimming crabs (family Portunidae) are distributed worldwide and commonly inhabit estuaries, mangroves, reefs, shallow and the deep sea. Previously, 75 species and 19 genera in this family were known to Taiwan. Our study examined specimens in Taiwanese waters, including the islands, collected between 2016 and 2020 or deposited in museums. Through the cytochrome oxidase subunit I DNA barcode marker and morphological examination, 71 species were identified. The minimum interspecific distances were greater than 4.09%, except in two unresolved groups: Charybdis miles (De Haan, 1835) and Ch. sagamiensis Parisi, 1916, as well as Thranita pelsarti (Montgomery, 1931) and Thr. prymna (Herbst, 1803). In addition, 14 species belonging to nine genera were confirmed as new records to Taiwan, viz. Carupa ohashii Takeda, 1993, Lupocyclus inaequalis (Walker, 1887), Luu. tugelae Barnard, 1950, Lupocycloporus minutus (Shen, 1937), Monomia gladiator (Fabricius, 1798), M. lucida Koch & Ďuriš, 2018, Podophthalmus minabensis Sakai, 1961, Thalamita gatavakensis Nobili, 1906, Tha. spinifera Borradaile, 1902, Thalamitoides quadridens A. Milne-Edwards, 1869, Tho. tridens A. Milne-Edwards, 1869, Thr. cerasma (Wee & Ng, 1995), Thr. coeruleipes (Hombron & Jacquinot, 1846) and Xiphonectes tuberculosus (A. Milne-Edwards, 1861). This study thus raises the total number of Portunidae species in Taiwan to 89.

ATIMO VATAE, LAGON, PAPUA NIUGINI

Detailed study of the Monniot collection of copepods belonging to the family Notodelphyidae has revealed an extraordinary diversity of novel taxa. With rare exceptions notodelphyids live in association with ascidians and the Monniot collection was built up over several decades of field collecting and taxonomic research on the ascidian hosts by Drs Claude & Françoise Monniot (MNHN, Paris). This paper describes a total of 178 new species of notodelphyids from ascidian hosts and 37 new genera are established: Bathynotodelphys gen.nov., Pronotodelphys gen. nov., Ooishillgia gen. nov., Nobinerilla gen. nov., Notopygus gen. nov., Chelipygus gen. nov., Sympygus gen. nov., Vaoda gen. nov., Gosbia gen. nov., Pentachaetus gen. nov., Diceratus gen. nov., Prodoroixys gen. nov., Notoixys gen. nov., Borixys gen. nov., Cystixys gen. nov., Ammonixys gen. nov., Ctenixys gen. nov., Ademoixys gen. nov., Gallincola gen. nov., Scoliosoma gen. nov., Contoura gen. nov., Unimeria gen. nov., Mecodelphys gen. nov., Tubipedia gen. nov., Procampodelphys gen. nov., Janius gen. nov., Campodelphys gen. nov., Hamaticoxa gen. nov., Adrodelphys gen. nov., Phyllodelphys gen. nov., Lissodelphys gen. nov., Nodoscarus gen. nov., Diblastus gen. nov., Chilodelphys gen. nov., Scaridelphys gen. nov., Socotradelphys gen. nov., and Aplodelphys gen. nov. Prior to this study the Notodelphyidae comprised exactly 200 valid species classified in 46 genera, a mean species richness of 4.3 species per genus. After the addition of the new taxa described here, the family now comprises 378 species in 83 genera, a mean species richness of 4.6 species per genus. Generic diagnoses are provided for all genera represented in the collection and the availability of a wider range of taxa has allowed certain generic boundaries to be better defined, resulting in transfers of species between genera and the recognition of 16 new combinations. A further 51 existing species are also reported, and brief supplementary notes or full redescriptions are provided as appropriate.

ATIMO VATAE, EVHOE, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4

The Monniot collection of copepods associated with ascidian hosts was built up over several decades of field collecting and taxonomic research on ascidians by Drs Claude & Françoise Monniot (MNHN, Paris). This paper describes a total of 84 new species of copepods collected from ascidian hosts and five new genera are established. Prior to this study the family Ascidicolidae comprised two genera accommodating five valid species; here we add two new genera, Hamistyelicola gen. nov. and Bathycopola gen. nov., and eight new species in total. The family Buproridae comprised a single genus consisting of three species; here we add a new monotypic genus, Buprorides gen. nov. The family Botryllophilidae comprised 68 valid species in seven genera and here we add 45 new species; 13 of Botryllophilus Hesse, 1864, nine of Schizoproctus Aurivillius, 1885, three of Haplostomides Chatton & Harant, 1924, 12 of Haplostoma Chatton & Harant, 1924, seven of Haplostomella Chatton & Harant, 1924 and a single new species of Haplosaccus Chatton & Harant, 1924. The Enteropsidae comprised 42 species in five genera and here we add two new genera, Monnioticopa gen. nov. and Periboia gen. nov., plus a total of 30 new species; 15 of Enterocola van Beneden, 1860, two of Enterocolides Chatton & Harant, 1922, five of Enteropsis C.W.S. Aurivillius, 1885, five of Monnioticopa gen. nov., two of Mychophilus Hesse, 1865, plus the type species of Periboia gen. nov. Generic diagnoses are provided for all genera represented in the collection. A further 13 known species are also reported and brief supplementary descriptive notes or full redescriptions are provided, as appropriate.

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 1, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GUYANE 2014, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 4

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, MUSORSTOM 9

A new species of portunid crab from the genus Cycloachelous Ward, 1942 is described from Vietnamese waters. Cycloachelous levigatus sp. nov. is morphologically most similar to C. orbitosinus (Rathbun, 1911), which was originally described from the syntype series collected from Western Pacific area (Cargados Carajos Islands, Amirante Islands, Seychelles) and C. octodentatus (Gordon, 1938) described from one single male from Singapore. There are differences in the sternal segments, third maxilliped, chela, abdomen and male gonopode shapes. The specific status of C. levigatus sp. nov. is also clearly supported by molecular data. Aside from a comparison of this new species with other known congeners, new photographs of syntypes of C. orbitosinus and the holotype of C. octodentatus are also provided.

ATIMO VATAE, Restricted

ATIMO VATAE, MIRIKY

Abstract Swimming crabs of the genus Portunus are revised based on analysis of three genetic markers (COI, 16S and H3) and a morphological comparison. The analyses reveal the polyphyletic composition of Monomia, Portunus and Xiphonectes and the paraphyly of Achelous. Portunus, in our revised composition, is restricted to 13, Monomia to ten and Xiphonectes to 14 species. Other species are transferred to Achelous (28) and Cycloachelous (nine) or to newly established genera. Four new genera are separated from Xiphonectes and one new genus from Monomia. The systematic composition of the portunid subfamily Portuninae now comprises 11 genera: Arenaeus, Allomonomia gen. nov., Cavoportunus, Callinectes, Cycloachelous, Eodemus gen. nov., Incultus gen. nov., Monomia, Portunus, Trionectes gen. nov. and Xiphonectes. The genus Lupella is synonymized with Achelous (Achelouinae). Xiphonectes pulchricristatus and Xiphonectes spinipes are placed in Alionectes gen. nov., Portunus ponticus is transferred to Lupocycloporus (both Lupocyclinae), and Monomia euglypha is now placed in Cycloachelous (Portuninae). Portunus mokyevskyi is considered a junior synonym of Scylla tranquebarica (Necronectinae). Xiphonectes leptocheles is confirmed as a valid species. Cycloachelous granulatus unispinosus is also considered a valid species and is to be treated as Cycloachelous unispinosus.

ATIMO VATAE, CHALCAL 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012

Two new species of the caridean shrimp family Pandalidae were discovered from the recent deep-sea MAINBAZA cruise in the Mozambique Channel. Pandalina spinicauda n. sp. is unique in the genus by having much more numerous dorsolateral spines on the telson. Plesionika neon n. sp. belongs to the "Plesionika rostricrescentis (Bate, 1888)" group that bears distinct basal rostral crest and with elaborate colour patterns, but has the shortest stylocerite and a very different coloration. The rare hippolytid shrimp Leontocaris bulga Taylor & Poore, 1998 was also collected by the MAINBAZA cruise. Leontocaris bulga has only been known before from a damaged specimen lacking abdomen and collected off Tasmania, and therefore, the Mozambique specimen is described and illustrated in detail.

MAINBAZA

Collections made during recent French expeditions off the Mozambique Channel in the western Indian Ocean (MAINBAZA, MIRIKY) and off Papua New Guinea in the southwestern Pacific (BIOPAPUA) yielded a total of 14 species of the deep-water shrimp genus Glyphocrangon A. Milne-Edwards, 1881, including one new to science: G. amblytes Komai, 2004, G. assimilis De Man, 1918, G. brevis Komai, 2006, G. confusa Komai, 2004, G. crosnieri Komai, 2004, G. dentata Barnard, 1926, G. faxoni De Man, 1918, G. indonesiensis Komai, 2004, G. lowryi Kensley, Tranter & Griffin, 1987, G. proxima Komai, 2004, G. pugnax De Man, 1918, G. pulchra n. sp., G. rudis Komai, 2006, and G. speciosa Komai, 2004. Glyphocrangon pulchra n. sp. belongs to the “G. regalis Bate, 1888” species-complex, and differentiating characters between the new species and closely related allies are discussed. The geographical range of G. indonesiensis is greatly extended from the southwestern Pacific to the western Indian Ocean, the identification being supported by both morphological and molecular data. Slight range extensions are also reported for G. lowryi and G. speciosa.

BIOPAPUA, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, SALOMON 2

A collection of the caridean shrimp genus Glyphocrangon A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 (Glyphocrangonidae), made during the South Java Deep-Sea Biodiversity Expedition 2018 (SJADES 2018), is comprised of six species, including one new to science: G. hakuhoae Takeda & Hanamura, 1994, G. indonesiensis Komai, 2004b, G. juxtaculeata Chace, 1984, G. proxima Komai, 2004b, G. serratirostris, new species, and G. sibogae de Man, 1918. Glyphocrangon juxtaculeata, which was originally described on the basis of a single juvenile holotype and previously placed in the synonymy of G. regalis Spence Bate, 1888, is herein reinstated as a valid species on the basis of examination of a newly collected female specimen. Glyphocrangon serratirostris, new species, belongs to the “G. regalis” species complex, but is quite distinctive in having four or more lateral spines on each side of the rostrum. Genetic analyses using partial segments of the mitochondrial COI gene also supports the recognition of the new species.

BIOPAPUA, CHALCAL 2, MAINBAZA

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005

ATIMO VATAE

We inventoried all nine species of the ‘Acanthephyra purpurea’ complex, one of the most abundant and cosmo­ politan group of mesopelagic shrimps. We used 119 specimens at hand and genetic data for 124 specimens from GenBank and BOLD. Phylogenetic analysis of four genes (COI, 16S, NaK, and enolase) showed that the ‘Acan­ thephyra purpurea’ complex is polyphyletic and encompasses two species groups, ‘A. purpurea’ (mostly Atlantic) and ‘A. smithi’ (Indo-West Pacific). The ‘A. purpurea’ species group consists of two major molecular clades A. pelagica and A. kingsleyi – A. purpurea - A. quadrispinosa. Molecular data suggest that hitherto accepted species A. acanthitelsonis, A. pelagica, and A. sica should be considered as synonyms. The Atlantic is inhabited by at least two cryptic genetic lineages of A. pelagica and A. quadrispinosa. Morphological analyses of qualitative and quantitative (900 measurements) characters resulted in a tabular key to species and in a finding of four evolutionary traits. Atlantic species showed various scenarios of diversification visible on mitochondrial gene level, nuclear gene level, and morphological level. We recorded and discussed similar phylogeographic trends in diversification and in distribution of genetic lineages within two different clades: A. pelagica and A. kingsleyi – A. purpurea - A. quadrispinosa.

ATIMO VATAE, MAINBAZA, MD28 (SAFARI II), MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Walters Shoal

For 130 years the diogenid genus Paguropsis Henderson, 1888 was considered monotypic for an unusual species, P. typica Henderson, 1888, described from the Philippines and seldom reported since. Although scantly studied, this species is known to live in striking symbiosis with a colonial sea anemone that the hermit can stretch back and forth like a blanket over its cephalic shield and part of cephalothoracic appendages, and thus the common name “blanket-crab”. During a study of paguroid collections obtained during recent French-sponsored biodiversity campaigns in the Indo-West Pacific, numerous specimens assignable to Paguropsis were encountered. Analysis and comparison with types and other historical specimens deposited in various museums revealed the existence of five undescribed species. Discovery of these new species, together with the observation of anatomical characters previously undocumented or poorly described, including coloration, required a revision of the genus Paguropsis. The name Chlaenopagurus andersoni Alcock & McArdle, 1901, considered by Alcock (1905) a junior synonym of P. typica, proved to be a valid species and is resurrected as P. andersoni (Alcock, 1899). In two of the new species, the shape of the gills, length/width of exopod of maxilliped 3, width and shape of sternite XI (of pereopods 3), and armature of the dactyls and fixed fingers of the chelate pereopods 4, were found to be characters so markedly different from P. typica and other species discovered that a new genus for them, Paguropsina gen. n., is justified. As result, the genus Paguropsis is found to contain five species: P. typica, P. andersoni, P. confusa sp. n., P. gigas sp. n., and P. lacinia sp. n. Herein, Paguropsina gen. n., is proposed and diagnosed for two new species, P. pistillata gen. et sp. n., and P. inermis gen. et sp. n.; Paguropsis is redefined, P. typica and its previously believed junior synonym, P. andersoni, are redescribed. All species are illustrated, and color photographs provided. Also included are a summary of the biogeography of the two genera and all species; remarks on the significance of the unusual morphology; and remarks on knowledge of the symbiotic anemones used by the species. To complement the morphological descriptions and assist in future population and phylogenetic investigations, molecular data for mitochondrial COI barcode region and partial sequences of 12S and 16S rRNA are reported. A preliminary phylogenetic analysis using molecular data distinctly shows support for the separation of the species into two clades, one with all five species of Paguropsis, and another with the two species Paguropsina gen. n.

BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, LUMIWAN 2008, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, ZhongSha 2015

AURORA 2007, MAINBAZA

The rough pen shell Pinna rudis Linnaeus, 1758 (family Pinnidae) is a mollusc with an Atlantic–Mediterranean distribution, typically inhabiting coarse sandy substrates. Habitat degradation is considered the primary cause of population decline, leading to the designation ‘Vulnerable’ in certain regions. In this study, we conducted a genetic analysis of populations of P. rudis from Cabo Verde and compared them with populations from the Mediterranean and Macaronesia. We based our analysis on two mitochondrial DNA markers, cytochrome oxidase I (COI) and 16S rRNA, and one nuclear marker, 28S rRNA. The results showed a strong genetic structuring among Macaronesia populations, with each island tending to have unique or exclusive haplotypes, though some sharing occurred between islands. We found significant genetic divergence between the population from Cabo Verde and the other sampled population, suggesting that P. rudis is not monotypic, but may include several cryptic species. Bayesian and maximum-likelihood phylogenetic analysis, including all Pinnidae species, indicated that P. rudis from Gorée Island (Senegal) and Baía das Gatas (São Vicente Island) might be undergoing speciation. The high genetic structure found for P. rudis could be influenced by hydrodynamic barriers, local currents and hydrographic isolation, in association with the short larval duration (planktotrophic) reported for this species. Altogether, our findings highlight significant genetic divergence in P. rudis populations, possibly supporting speciation events in the Cabo Verde archipelago among widely distributed taxonomic groups.

BIOPAPUA, CONCALIS, Restricted, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KARUBENTHOS 2012, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, Restricted

The first comprehensive phylogenetic study of the family Oplophoridae is based on four molecular markers and 87 morphological characters. We have examined and coded five major groups of morphological characters related to the rostrum (nine characters), the carapace (10), the abdomen and telson (34), the exopods (eight) and the armature of the posteriormost three pereopods (22). Abdomen/telson-linked characters are the most important in support of genus level and species-group level clades; abdomen/telson-linked, rostrum-linked characters and the armature of the last three pereopods explain the main bulk of speciation. Four robustly supported species groups within Systellaspis are designated: the S. debilis species group, the S. cristata species group, the S. braueri species group and the S. pellucida species group. We provide an amended key to all genera, species groups and species of Oplophoridae. We reveal three groups of morphological characters, which are likely coupled with the same locomotive function and thus evolved as a single unit: carapace, abdomen and exopods. We show that the armature of the posteriormost three pereopods evolved independently of other characters and suggest that this group is linked to such biological roles as mating and grooming.

Restricted, BIOPAPUA, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 3, SALOMONBOA 3

Hymenodora represents the most scantily studied branch of the pelagic shrimp belonging to the superfamily Oplophoroidea. We present a phylogenetic revision based on 80 morphological characters and six genes. Molecular and morphological phylogenetic analyses, along with molecular distances calculated with the use of six genes, suggest a family-level status of the clade Hymenodoridae including Hymenodora and Sclerodora, which is also supported by morphological characters linked to the mouthparts. We erect and diagnose a new family and provide a key to families of Oplophoroidea. We tested seven morphological characters, found that only one of them provides a confident identification of Hymenodora gracilis and Hymenodora glacialis complexes. We provide an amended key to species of Hymenodoridae. Molecular trees, along with genetic distances based on COI and 16S genetic markers, showed that H. gracilis and H. glacialis represent complexes of cryptic lineages that cannot be identified on the basis of solitary morphological characters; however, when we included seven morphological characters and ran principal component analysis and generalized linear mixed models, we could distinguish all cryptic lineages confidently. Evolutionary traits of Hymenodoridae are linked to adaptations to feeding in the deep sea (mouthparts), strengthening the membranous carapace (carinae, sulci) and passive defence (shape and proportions of the rostrum and carapace).

ATIMO VATAE, BIOPAPUA, MAINBAZA, NORFOLK 2, Walters Shoal

Abstract The shrimp genera Ephyrina, Meningodora and Notostomus have an unusual carapace strengthened with carinae and a half-serrated mandible, which may suggest a possible monophyly of this group. Here we test this hypothesis and present the first phylogenetic study of these genera based on 95 morphological characters (all valid species coded) and six molecular markers (71% of valid species sequenced). Representatives of all genera of Oplophoridae (sister to Acanthephyridae) were outgroups, 32 species belonging to all genera and potentially different clades of Acanthephyridae were ingroups. Both morphological and molecular analyses retrieve trees with similar topology. Our results reject the hypothesis of a clade formed by Ephyrina + Meningodora + Notostomus. We show that Ephyrina and Notostomus are monophyletic, both on morphological and on molecular trees, Meningodora gains support only on morphological trees. Evolutionary traits in the Ephyrina and Meningodora + Notostomus clades are different. Synapomorphies are mostly linked to adaptations to forward motion in Ephyrina (oar-like meri and ischia of pereopods, stempost-like rostrum) and to progressive strengthening of the carapace and pleon in Meningodora and Notostomus (net of sharp carinae). Unusual mandibles evolved in the clades independently and represent convergent adaptations to feeding on gelatinous organisms.

ATIMO VATAE, Restricted, BIOPAPUA, Restricted, GUYANE 2014, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MD20 (SAFARI), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal

Aim: The high species richness of the Indo‐Australian Archipelago (IAA) marine biodiversity hotspot has been attributed to three competing hypotheses: Centre of Origin/Centre of Overlap/Centre of Accumulation. While most phylogeographic studies testing these hypotheses have focused on marine fishes, we provide a new perspective on this evolutionary important question by examining the population genetics of the horned ghost crab Ocypode ceratophthalmus sensu lato (Ocypodidae) whose distribution spans the entire Indo‐Pacific and contains at least two colour morphs.

ATIMO VATAE, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006

Unravelling the evolutionary history of taxa requires solid delimitation of the traits characterising these. This can be challenging especially in groups with a highly complex taxonomy. The squat lobster family Munididae contains more than 450 species distributed among 21 genera, Munida being the most speciose (~300 species). Previous phylogenetic studies, based on a small part of the diversity of the group, have suggested polyphyletic origins for Munida and the paraphyly of Munididae. Here, we use an integrative approach based on multi-locus phylogenies (two mito­ chondrial and three nuclear markers) paired with 120 morphological characters, to resolve taxonomic and evolutionary relationships within Munididae. Our study covers ~60% of the family’s known diversity (over 800 specimens of 291 species belonging to 19 of the 21 genera collected from the Atlantic, Indian and Pacific oceans). Using this information, we confirm the validity of most genera, proposing new ones in cases where the genetic analyses are compatible with morphological characters. Four well-defined munidid clades were recovered, suggesting that new genera should be erected in the currently recognised Munididae (three for the genus Agononida and eleven in Munida), and the genus Grimothea is resurrected. A key to all genera of the family is presented. Molecular clock estimates and ancestral biogeographic area recon­ structions complement the taxonomic profiles and suggest some explosive diversification within Munididae during the Cretaceous and the Palaeogene. Further anagenetic events and narrow sympatry accounting for changes in distribution indicate a more limited dispersal capacity than previously considered. Our study unravels how diversification may occur in deep waters and further highlights the importance of the integrative approach in accurately delineating species in understanding the history of a family and the factors driving the evolution.

CALSUB, KANACONO, KANADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 5, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5

The genus Galathea is one of the most speciose and unwieldy groups in the family Galatheidae. The examination of more than 9000 specimens of 144 species collected in the Indian and Pacific Oceans using morphological and molecular characters, has revealed the existence of 92 new species. The specimens examined during this study were obtained by various French expeditions supplemented by other collections from various sources, and including the type specimens of some previously described species. Most of the new species are distinguished by subtle but constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences of the mitochondrial markers COI and/or 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species and redescribe some previously described species for which earlier accounts are not sufficiently detailed for modern standards. Furthermore we include a dichotomous identification key to all species in the genus from the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, RAPA 2002, Restricted, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, Restricted, Restricted, TERRASSES

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, MAINBAZA, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Walters Shoal

ATIMO VATAE, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Walters Shoal

An updated checklist of Mozambican marine brachyuran crabs is generated based on an exhaustive revision of the existing literature, together with the additional records provided by the specimens collected throughout the three “MOZAMBIQUE” surveys carried out in Mozambican waters during three consecutive years (2007–2009) by the Instituto Español de Oceanografía, (Spanish Institute of Oceanography, IEO). A total of 269 species, grouped in 15 superfamilies, 26 families and 172 genera are reported in the checklist, and a detailed inventory is produced with the list and remarks about the brachyuran species collected. Thirty-nine crab species belonging to 19 families were identified based on morphological characteristics and/or genetic tools. DNA barcode sequences (16S rRNA and/or COI) were obtained for 37 species, including 16S and COI sequences that are new for 26 and 14 species, respectively. Colour photographs of fresh specimens illustrate the comments about most species, being the first time that the original colour pattern is described for some of them. New records in Mozambican waters are reported for the species Paromolopsis boasi, Mursia aspera, Carcinoplax ischurodous, Tanaoa pustulosus, Euclosiana exquisita, Oxypleurodon difficilis, Naxioides robillardi, Samadinia galathea, Cyrtomaia gaillardi, Paramaja gibba, Pleistacantha ori, Parathranites granosus, Parathranites orientalis, Ovalipes iridescens and Charybdis smithii, and second records for Moloha alcocki, Samadinia pulchra and Charybdis africana. In addition, Raninoides crosnieri, S. galathea and P. ori were collected for the first time after their descriptions. The female of Samadinia galathea is described for the first time, and a potential new species of Mursia is reported. Some records expand the known bathymetric range of certain species and/or their general distribution. New molecular and morphological data suggest the necessity of the revision of P. boasi, R. crosnieri, C. africana and the genera Platymaia and Carcinoplax. The variability and taxonomic validity of some morphological characters in brachyuran systematic is discussed.

MAINBAZA

The present study describes a new species of Corycodus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880 (Cyclodorippidae) from Madagascar and re-describes the poorly known C. disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910) from Mozambique. The two species are compared with congeners in detail. The present study brings the number of Corycodus species to seven.

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, PAPUA NIUGINI

The poorly known majid genus Majella Ortmann, 1893, is revised. The genus was previously known only from one species, M. brevipes Ortmann, 1893, described from Japan and reported from east Africa. Majella brevipes is redescribed and figured in detail from the type and material from the type locality, Sagami Bay in Japan. This species is now restricted to Japan. Specimens from east Africa are herein described as two new species: M. skolopion n. sp. and M. pristis n. sp.; they differ markedly from M. brevipes (now restricted to Japan) in the arrangement of spines on the carapace and pereopods, third maxillipeds, male pleon and gonopods.

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

The systematic positions of two ocypodoid crabs, Paracleistostoma dentatum Tesch, 1918, and P. fossulum Barnard, 1955, have been uncertain because each were described from single female specimens, with Ng et al. (2008) referring them provisionally to the Dotillidae and Varunidae, respectively. Stevcic (2011) recently established two new genera, Lazarocleistostoma Stevcic, 2011, and Brankocleistostoma Stevcic, 2011, for P. dentatum Tesch, 1918, and P. fossulum Barnard, 1955, respectively. He also recognised two new families, Lazarocleistostomidae Stevcic, 2011, and Brankocleistostomidae Stevcic, 2011, for these genera. Examination of the types and fresh material of P. fossulum indicates that while both genera are valid, the families are not justified. Brankocleistostoma is a dotillid; while Lazarocleistostoma is a varunid (subfamily Gaeticinae). The tribe Gopkittisakini Stevcic, 2011 (type genus Gopkittisak Naruse & Clark, 2009), is also shown to be a junior synonym of Gaeticinae.

ATIMO VATAE

A revision of Scalopidia Stimpson, 1858 (Brachyura: Goneplacoidea: Scalopidiidae) has resulted in the description of two new species of Scalopidia from the Indian Ocean and Papua New Guinea, as well as a new genus and new species from Madagascar. The type species of Scalopidia, S. spinosipes Stimpson, 1858, is redescribed and Hypophthalmus leuchochirus Richters, in Lenz & Richters, 1881, is synonymised with S. spinosipes.

MIRIKY, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI

The taxonomy of spider crabs of the genus Maja Lamarck, 1801, is revised, and a total of 36 species in 10 genera are now recognised from the eastern Atlantic, Mediterranean and Indo-West Pacific. The present revision describes seven genera and 17 species as new. Two genera previously synonymised under Maja: Paramaya De Haan, 1837, and Paramaja Kubo, 1936, are here treated as valid taxa. The confused nomenclature of Cancer cornutus Linnaeus, 1758, is resolved, and the name replaces Maja capensis Ortmann, 1894, and Mamaia queketti Stebbing, 1908. All genera and species are diagnosed and figured, and keys are provided for their identification.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, EBISCO, EXBODI, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

The family Chasmocarcinidae Serène, 1964, is revised based on the examination of the type material of many of its species as well as unidentified and previously identified material from around the world. The revised family now consists of three subfamilies comprising 16 genera (including eight described as new) and 51 species (including 19 described as new). The subfamily Chasmocarciinae Serène, 1964, consists of Amboplax n. gen. with one species; Angustopelta n. gen. with four species, two of which are new; Camatopsis Alcock & Anderson, 1899, with six species, five of which are new; Chasmocarcinops Alcock, 1900, with one species; Chasmocarcinus Rathbun, 1898, with 11 species, one of which is new; Chinommatia n. gen. with five species, two of which are new; Deltopelta n. gen. with one species; Hephthopelta Alcock, 1899, with two species, one of which is new; Microtopsis Komai, Ng & Yamada, 2012, with two species, one of which is new; Notopelta n. gen. with one species; Statommatia n. gen. with five species, two of which are new; and Tenagopelta n. gen. with three species, two of which are new. The subfamily Megaesthesiinae Števčić, 2005, consists of Alainthesius n. gen. with two species, both of which are new; Megaesthesius Rathbun, 1909, with four species, one of which is new. The subfamily Trogloplacinae Guinot, 1986, consists of Australocarcinus Davie, 1988, with three species, and Trogloplax Guinot, 1986, with one species. A neotype is selected for Chasmocarcinus cylindricus Rathbun, 1901. Three nominal species were found to be junior subjective synonyms of other species: Chasmocarcinus panamensis Serène, 1964, of C. longipes Garth, 1940; Chasmocarcinus rathbuni Bouvier, 1917, of C. typicus Rathbun, 1898; and Hephthopelta superba Boone, 1927, of Deltopelta obliqua (Rathbun, 1898). Thirteen chasmocarcinid genera are exclusively found in the Indo-West Pacific region, one (Chasmocarcinus) in both the Western Atlantic and Tropical Eastern Pacific regions, and two (Deltopelta n. gen. and Amboplax n. gen.) exclusively in the Western Atlantic. Chasmocarcinids are remarkable for occurring from depths exceeding 1000 m to shallow water and completely freshwater habitats: chasmocarcinines and megaesthesiines are found from shallow to deep water marine ecosystems, whereas trogloplacines live in freshwater streams, including cave systems.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, Restricted, CORINDON 2, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

Squat lobsters have a worldwide distribution and are highly visible crustaceans living in a broad range of habitats. In this study, partial sequences of two mitochondrial DNA genes (16S rRNA and COI) and a nuclear gene (H3) were obtained for all but one of the known species of the shallow-water genera Sadayoshia (Munididae) and Lauriea, Macrothea and Triodonthea (Galatheidae). Lauriea siagiani appeared to be phylogenetically closer to Triodonthea and Macrothea than to other Lauriea species, suggesting the need for taxonomic re-evaluation of these taxa. All species of Sadayoshia formed a monophyletic group that would have diverged during the Paleogene (around 50 Mya). Our results support the hypothesis that the late Paleogene–Neogene transition was a period of rapid diversification for shallowwater species of both Galatheidae and Munididae in the Indo-Pacific region. This is probably related to high tectonic activity among the Eurasian, Philippine Sea, Indo-Australian and Pacific plates and corresponding changes in distribution of habitats and ocean currents during the late Paleogene. Finally, the tropical south-west Pacific province is identified as a major diversification centre for shallow-water squat lobsters, from where species dispersed to other Pacific and Indian Ocean regions.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5

Squat lobsters from Australia, east Africa, Taiwan, Philippines and the Norfolk Ridge (southwestern Pacific) previously identified as Agononida incerta (Henderson, 1888) are redescribed as four new species in addition to the original: A. africerta, A. auscerta, A. indocerta and A. norfocerta. A. rubrizonata Macpherson & Baba, 2009, also earlier confused with this species, is redescribed. All six species are morphologically distinguishable only on the basis of the shape of the anterolateral lobe of the telson and the shape and setation of the dactyli of pereopods 2-4. The morphological delineation of these species and their taxonomic status are robustly supported by phylogenetic analysis of the partial mitochondrial COI marker. Taken together, subtle morphological differences, geographical distribution patterns and genetic discontinuities have important implications for understanding diversity, systematics and evolution of squat lobsters.

BATHUS 3, MAINBAZA

Squat lobsters from Madagascar, Vanuatu, Papua New Guinea, Fiji, eastern Australia and French Polynesia belonging to the Agononida incerta (Henderson, 1888) species complex are described as four new species: A. madagascerta, A. polycerta, A. tasmancerta and A. vanuacerta. This brings to ten the number of species in this complex. All species are morphologically distinguishable only on the basis of the shape of the anterolateral margin of the telson and setation of the dactyli of pereopods 2–4. The morphological delineation of nine of the species and their taxonomic status are robustly supported by phylogenetic analysis of the partial 16S rDNA gene and the partial mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase subunit 1 genes, and in some cases by colour. A phylogenetic analysis of the nine species for which molecular data are available grouped the species in two clades, one of four species with facial spines on the upper surface of pereopod 4 and the other of five species lacking facial spines.

BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, TARASOC

Four species of Eiconaxius are known to possess a denticulate median rostral carina: E. antillensis Bouvier, 1905, E. asper Rathbun, 1906, E. cristagalli Faxon, 1893, and E. indicus (De Man, 1907). They are reviewed and two similar new species are described: E. dongshaensis sp. nov., and E. gololobovi sp. nov. A key to distinguish them is presented.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, KARUBENTHOS 2, SALOMON 1

Poore, G.C.B. 2023. New records, one new genus and 21 new species of Callianassidae (Crustacea, Axiidea) from the Indo-West Pacific. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 82: 167–255. The collections of ghost shrimps from the Indo-West Pacific that contributed to recent molecular phylogeny and resulting reclassification of Callianassidae (Poore et al., 2019; Robles et al., 2020) provide opportunities to review 11 genera and describe one new genus, redescribe existing species and describe 21 new species. Aqaballianassa aqabaensis (Dworschak, 2003), A. brevirostris (Sakai, 2002), A. lewtonae (Ngoc-Ho, 1994) are rediagnosed and Aqaballianassa papua sp. nov. from Papua New Guinea and Aqaballianassa seychellensis sp. nov. from the Seychelles are described as new. Three new species of Caviallianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 are compared in a key with Caviallianassa cavifrons (Komai and Fujiwara, 2012): Caviallianassa arafura sp. nov. from the Arafura Sea, Caviallianassa riwo sp. nov. from Papua New Guinea and Caviallianassa moorea sp. nov. from French Polynesia. Callianassa thailandica Sakai, 2005 is treated as species inquirenda. No species of Cheramus Bate, 1888 occurs in the Indo-West Pacific despite the genus name having been widely used. Five species of Coriollianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 are recognised and figured: C. sibogae (De Man, 1905), C. coriolisae (Ngoc-Ho, 2014) and new species, Coriollianassa mainbazae sp. nov. and Coriollianassa maputo sp. nov. from the Mozambique Channel, and Coriollianassa nyinggulu sp. nov. from the North West Australian slope. Darryllianassa felderi gen. et sp. nov. is described from Papua New Guinea. Necallianassa nosybeensis sp. nov. is described as a new species from Madagascar. Praedatrypaea Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is rediagnosed. Thirteen species are recognised and most diagnosed; four species are described as new: Praedatrypaea jangamo sp. nov. and Praedatrypaea mozambiquensis sp. nov. from Mozambique, and Praedatrypaea mandu sp. nov. and Praedatrypaea ningaloo sp. nov. from the North West Shelf of Australia. Callianassa malaccaensis Sakai, 2002 is treated as a junior synonym of P. orientalis (Bate, 1888). A key to separate ten species of Praedatrypaea is presented. Pugnatrypaea Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is rediagnosed and confined to three species. Rayllianassa Komai and Tachikawa, 2008 is rediagnosed and its species discussed. Rayllianassa amboinensis (De Man, 1888), a variable species, is rediagnosed; Callianassa ngochoae Sakai, 1999 and Callianassa sahul Poore, 2008 are treated as synonyms. Rayllianassa aurora sp. nov., Rayllianassa bifida sp. nov. and Rayllianassa huonensis sp. nov. are described as new species; the first two are associated with submerged wood at depths greater than 100 m. Rudisullianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is rediagnosed. Rudisullianassa rudisulcus Komai, Fujita and Maenosono, 2014 is discussed and partially illustrated; Rudisullianassa pandan sp. nov. is described as a new species from submerged wood. Spinicallianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is reviewed and a key is provided to five species; three species are described as new: Spinicallianassa bilbili sp. nov. from Papua New Guinea; Spinicallianassa papetoai sp. nov. from French Polynesia; and Spinicallianassa westralia sp. nov. from Western Australia. Callianassa parvula Sakai, 1988 is treated as a possible synonym of S. spinicauda (Komai, Maenosono and Fujita, 2014). Trypaea Dana, 1852 contains only T. australiensis Dana, 1852 and does not occur in the Indo-West Pacific as sometimes reported.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

Eight species of deep-water porter crabs of the family Homolidae are recorded from Papua New Guinea from three MNHN-led cruises to these waters: Homola orientalis Henderson, 1888, Homola coriolisi Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1995, Homolomannia sibogae Ihle, 1912, Homolomannia occlusa Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1981, Paromolopsis boasi Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, Lamoha woodmasoni n. sp., Ihlopsis multispinosa (Ihle, 1912) and Latreillopsis gracilipes Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1981. Most are new records for the country, Lamoha woodmasoni n. sp. appears to be the Pacific sister species of the Indian Ocean L. longipes (Alcock & Anderson, 1899). The old records of the latter species from the Solomon Islands are now referred to the new species. The taxonomy of the other species is also discussed. Saint Laurent, 1989: Platyaxius Sakai, 1994; Albatrossaxius Sakai, 2011; Platyaxiopsis Sakai, 2011 and Newzealandaxius Sakai, 2011. Calaxius tungi Zhong, 2000 is synonymised with C. sibogae (De Man, 1925), Eiconaxius bandaensis Sakai, 2011 is synonymised with E. sibogae (De Man, 1925) and Tethisea mindoro Poore, 1997 is synonymised with T. indica Poore, 1994. Acanthaxius clevai Ngoc-Ho, 2006 is transferred to Pillsburyaxius, now Pillsburyaxius clevai (Ngoc-Ho, 2006), new combination.

BATHUS 1, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LITHIST, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, VOLSMAR, Walters Shoal

Decapod crustaceans were studied in the Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia, between 50-550 m by using a remotely operated vehicle (ROV) equipped with high resolution cameras and an articulated arm. Careful examination of videos and photographs combined with previous inventories made in the area with conventional gears allowed the identification of 30 species, including 20 species-level determinations. Species identified belong to shrimps (Penaeoidea, Stenopodidea, and Caridea), lobsters (Astacidea and Achelata), anomurans (Galatheoidea and Paguroidea), and brachyuran crabs (Dromioidea, Homolodromioidea, Raninoidea, Leucosioidea, Majoidea, Parthenopoidea, Portunoidea, and Trapezioidea). Most of these species were observed and photographed in situ for the first time. A discussion is given on the geographic distribution, density, ecology, and behavior.

BENTHAUS, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 9, SMCB

A collection of crabs assembled during the KUW 2009 expedition to Mayotte Island and deposited in the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle Paris is studied. In total 202 species are recognized, 138 of them being new records for the Island and a list of brachyuran crabs is documented and illustrated with photographs. A complementary list of all crabs previously in taxonomic literature from Mayotte and its nearest Islands (Comoros Islands, Glorieuses Islands and marine banks of Zélée, Geyser and Leven) is also provided. In total 298 crabs are identified from the region, the richness of this fauna is discussed with zoogeographic considerations and the prospects for further studies are outlined.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, MIRIKY

Des plongées techniques (TEK) en recycleur et mélanges gazeux spéciaux ont été réalisées autour de l’île de Mayotte sur les pentes externes récifales à des profondeurs comprises entre 50 et 120 m, et plus particulièrement aux alentours de 70-80 m, de 2017 à 2020. L’objectif de ces plongées était de réaliser un premier inventaire faunistique de la zone mésophotique, difficile d’accès et encore mal connue. Ce travail présente les résultats obtenus pour le groupe des Crustacés Décapodes et Stomatopodes avec au total 44 espèces photographiées en haute définition, dont 30 déterminées avec confiance, sept avec doute et sept identifiées provisoirement, peut-être nouvelles pour la nomenclature taxonomique. Les crevettes carides (16 espèces), les anomoures (15 espèces) et les crabes (sept espèces) sont les trois taxons les mieux représentés. Les stomatopodes, crevettes sténopides, langoustines et langoustes comptent chacun deux espèces. Ces observations permettent d’ajouter 32 nouvelles espèces à la faune mahoraise, dont quatre signalements nouveaux pour l’océan Indien. Les espèces sont présentées dans une liste illustrée avec une sélection de photographies. La liste est documentée avec indication des travaux ou guides consultés, des commentaires sur les déterminations et la mise à jour des distributions géographiques et bathymétriques. Pour 15 espèces traditionnellement observées sur des petits fonds (< 50 m), la profondeur maximale est augmentée entre 3 et 45 m. Plus de la moitié des espèces sont des formes libres (26 espèces). Les autres vivent en association avec les coraux ou hydraires (12 espèces), échinodermes (trois espèces), poissons (deux espèces) et éponges (une espèce). Quelques espèces sont à tendance cavernicole, observées dans des grottes ou sous des surplombs. À partir des données d’inventaire des Crustacés Décapodes de l’outre-mer tropical français, 212 espèces sont identifiées comme potentiellement présentes dans la zone mésophotique de Mayotte. Le présent inventaire de 44 espèces est donc assez modeste mais les photographies réalisées in situ permettent de mettre en évidence certaines associations ou modes de vie qui n’étaient pas soupçonnés avec les moyens d’étude classiques. À l’avenir, les observations pourront être améliorées en accordant plus d’importance aux coquilles, parfois occupées par des Bernard l’ermite non déterminés car photographiés de trop loin, et/ou en effectuant des plongées de nuit, lorsque les Crustacés sont plus actifs. La poursuite de ce programme de recherche prévoit la récolte de quelques spécimens, en particulier pour les espèces reconnues comme probablement nouvelles pour la nomenclature taxonomique.

BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 9, SANTO 2006

The study of the crabs collected in the Mozambique Channel in the Indian Ocean by the cruises MAINBAZA and MIRIKY permit the description of the new species Oxypleurodon holthuisi. The four single rostrum species from the Indian Ocean for which the genus Nasutocarcinus Tavares, 1991 was created are placed in Oxypleurodon.

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

The study of a small collection of deep-water majoid crabs of the family Epialtidae brings some new data on the geographic distribution of species in the genus Rochinia A. Milne-Edwards, 1875 (R. pulchra (Miers, 1886), R. fultoni (Grant, 1905), R. aff. brevirostris (Doflein, 1904), R. aff. soela Griffin & Tranter, 1986, R. kotakae Takeda, 2001) and Naxioides taurus (Pocock, 1890). One new species, Rochinia boucheti n. sp., is described which differs from all congeners by the presence of numerous small tubercles on the carapace and its relatively short rostral spines. Males of R. kotakae are described for the first time.

AURORA 2007, BOA1, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2003

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

The genus Phylladiorhynchus Baba, 1969 currently contains 11 species, all occurring in the shallow waters and on the continental shelf of the Indian and Pacific oceans. Recent expeditions in these oceans have resulted in the collection of numerous new specimens in need of analysis. We have studied this material using an integrative approach analysing both morphological and molecular (COI and 16S) characters. We describe 41 new species and resurrect three old names: P. integrus (Benedict, 1902) and P. lenzi (Rathbun, 1907), previously synonymized with P. pusillus (Henderson, 1885), and P. serrirostris (Melin, 1939), previously synonymized with P. integrirostris (Dana, 1852). Most species of the genus are described and illustrated. Some species are barely discernible on the basis of morphological characters but are highly divergent genetically. Species of Phylladiorhynchus are mainly distinguishable by the number of epigastric spines and lateral spines of the carapace, the shape and the armature of the rostrum, the number and pattern of the ridges on the carapace and pleon, the shape of thoracic sternite 3 and the armature of the P2–4 dactyli. A dichotomous identification key to all species is provided.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

Caridina boehmei is an ornamental shrimp native to Sulawesi that has been successfully cultured and marketed in Indonesia. However, molecular information about this shrimp is not yet available. This study aimed to characterize cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (CO1) and small subunit ribosomal RNA (18S rDNA) genes. Shrimp samples were extracted, and DNA was amplified using CO1 and 18S rDNA primers. The sequencing results were then analyzed by the neighbor-joining method. The 654 bp partial coding sequence (cds) of the CO1 and 380 bp partial cds of 18S rDNA have been successfully amplified from genomic DNA. The CO1 sequencing produced fragments consisting of 25.84% adenine, 20.95% cytosine, 19.11% guanine, and 34.10% thymine. The 18S rDNA sequencing produced fragments consisting of 24.47% adenine, 26.05% cytosine, 28.16% guanine, and 21.32% thymine. Phylogenetic analysis based on the CO1 gene revealed that C. boehmei was grouped with C. variabilis (MK190014), C. brachydactyla (MK190011), and Caridina sp. (MK190012). Phylogenetic analysis based on the 18S rDNA gene revealed that C. boehmei was identical to Caridina sp. Suphan Buri-1 MF622000, C. serratirostris KP725708, C. multidentata JF346236, C. formosae GQ131924, and Caridina sp. Suphan Buri-2 MF622001. The lowest-highest pairwise distance based on CO1 and 18S rDNA was consecutively 0.0017-0.2247 (0.17-22.47%) and 0.0000-0.1218 (0-12.18%).

MAINBAZA

The family Ammotheidae is the most diversified group of the class Pycnogonida, with 297 species described in 20 genera. Its monophyly and intergeneric relationships have been highly debated in previous studies. Here, we investigated the phylogeny of Ammotheidae using specimens from poorly studied areas. We sequenced the mitochondrial gene encoding the first subunit of cytochrome c oxidase (CO1) from 104 specimens. The complete nuclear 18S rRNA gene was sequenced from a selection of 80 taxa to provide further phylogenetic signal. The base composition in CO1 shows a higher heterogeneity in Ammotheidae than in other families, which may explain their apparent polyphyly in the CO1 tree. Although deeper nodes of the tree receive no statistical support, Ammotheidae was found to be monophyletic and divided into two clades, here defined as distinct subfamilies: Achelinae comprises the genera Achelia Hodge, 1864, Ammothella Verrill, 1900, Nymphopsis Haswell, 1884 and Tanystylum Miers, 1879; and Ammotheinae includes the genera Ammothea Leach, 1814, Acheliana Arnaud, 1971, Cilunculus Loman, 1908, Sericosura Fry & Hedgpeth, 1969 and also Teratonotum gen. nov., including so far only the type species Ammothella stauromata Child, 1982. The species Cilunculus gracilis Nakamura & Child, 1991 is reassigned to Ammothella, forming the binomen Ammothella gracilis (Nakamura & Child, 1991) comb. nov. Additional taxonomic re-arrangements are suggested for the genera Achelia, Acheliana, Ammothella and Cilunculus.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, GUYANE 2014, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006

The phylogeny of sea spiders has been debated for more than a century. Despite several molecular studies in the last twenty years, interfamilial relationships remain uncertain. In the present study, relationships within Pyc­ nogonida are examined in the light of a new dataset composed of 160 mitochondrial genomes (including 152 new sequences) and 130 18S rRNA gene sequences (including 120 new sequences), from 141 sea spider mor­ phospecies representing 26 genera and 9 families. Node congruence between mitochondrial and nuclear markers was analysed to identify the most reliable relationships. We also reanalysed a multilocus dataset previously published and showed that the high percentages of missing data make phylogenetic conclusions difficult and uncertain.

ATIMO VATAE, BICOSE, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CEAMARC-AA, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

We present an updated classification for the entire Crustacea Decapoda, listing all known families and genera organized by higher taxonomic groups and including estimates of the number of species in every genus. All taxonomic names are also linked to the verified literature in which they were described, the first compilation of its kind for the Decapoda. To arrive at this compilation, we began with the classification scheme provided by Martin & Davis (2001) for extant families,, updated the higher classification and included the fossil taxa. The resultant framework was then populated with the currently valid genera and an estimate of species numbers within each genus. Our resulting classification, spanning both extant (living) and fossil taxa, is the first comprehensive estimate of taxonomic diversity within the entire Decapoda. The classification consists of 233 families of decapods containing 2,725 genera and an estimated 17,635 species (including both extant and fossil species). Of the families in our classification, 53 are exclusively fossil, 109 contain both fossil and extant species, and 71 are extant only. The current estimate for extant species is 14,756, whereas 2,979 species are known exclusively as fossils.

AURORA 2007, MAINBAZA

The New Zealand fauna of the crustacean infraorder Stenopodidea, the coral and sponge shrimps, is reviewed using both classical taxonomic and molecular tools. In addition to the three species so far recorded in the region, we report Spongicola goyi for the first time, and formally describe three new species of Spongicolidae. Following the morphological review and DNA sequencing of type specimens, we propose the synonymy of Spongiocaris yaldwyni with S. neocaledonensis and review a proposed broad Indo-West Pacific distribution range of Spongicoloides novaezelandiae. New records for the latter at nearly 54◦ South on the Macquarie Ridge provide the southernmost record for stenopodidean shrimp known to date.

BATHUS 1, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, GUYANE 2014, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4

MAINBAZA

ATIMO VATAE

MAINBAZA

MAINBAZA, MIRIKY

The mantis shrimp superfamily Squilloidea, with over 185 described species, is the largest superfamily in the crustacean order Stomatopoda. To date, phylogenetic relationships within this superfamily have been comprehensively analysed using morphological data, with six major generic groupings being recovered. Here, we infer the phylogeny of Squilloidea using a combined dataset comprising 75 somatic morphological characters and four molecular markers. Nodal support is low when the morphological and molecular datasets are analysed separately but improves substantially when combined in a total-evidence phylogenetic analysis. We obtain a well resolved and strongly supported phylogeny that is largely congruent with previous estimates except that the Anchisquilloides-group, rather than the Meiosquillagroup, is the earliest-branching lineage in Squilloidea. The splits among the Anchisquilloides- and Meiosquilla-groups are followed by those of the Clorida-, Harpiosquilla-, Squilla- and Oratosquilla-groups. Most of the generic groups are recovered as monophyletic, with the exception of the Squilla- and Oratosquilla-groups. However, many genera within the Oratosquilla-group are not recovered as monophyletic. Further exploration with more extensive molecular sampling will be needed to resolve relationships within the Oratosquilla-group and to investigate the adaptive radiation of squilloids. Overall, our results demonstrate the merit of combining morphological and molecular datasets for resolving phylogenetic relationships.

ATIMO VATAE, KAVIENG 2014, MIRIKY

The deep sea is the largest biome on Earth and hosts the majority of as yet undescribed species; description of these may trigger a new mindset about evolution and function of characters. We describe and diagnose a new genus and species Sclerodora crosnieri sp. nov. belonging to the superfamily Oplophoroidea. We examined and coded 81 characters for morphological analyses and used four gene markers for molecular analyses involving the new taxon and representatives of all other genera of Oplophoroidea. Retrieved morphological and molecular trees were similar and suggested that the new genus is a sister group to Hymenodora and both form a clade sister to the rest of Acanthephyridae. We provide an amended key to all genera of Oplophoroidea. We found an unusual chelate structure on the dactyl of the fifth pereopod, tested and confirmed a hypothesis that this structure is common for the whole family Acanthephyridae. We suggest that this derived structure is linked to an active cleaning of branchia—a function associated with chelipeds in some other carid shrimps. Convergent chelate structures are likely efficient for cleaning branchia, whichever appendage is adapted for these functions. In Oplophoridae (sister to Acanthephyridae), cleaning function is carried out by well-developed epipods.

ATIMO VATAE, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Walters Shoal, caride 1

We describe and diagnose a new species of Acanthephyra (Acanthephyridae: Caridea: Decapoda) and provide an amended key to all species of the genus. In order to assess the taxonomic position of the new species, we examined and coded 55 characters in available specimens of Acanthephyra and ran morphological phylogenetic analyses. We also used a COI gene marker for molecular analyses of the new species and other available specimens of Acanthephyra. Both analyses retrieved an unexpected grouping of species that contradicted a recently accepted morphological grouping. We tested a new, quantitative, set of characters and found that three of them may explain the molecular grouping of the genus. These characters are linked to: (1) proportions of the 6th pleonic somite, (2) length of the same against carapace length, and (3) length of the same against length of two preceding somites. We suggest that these characters mirror evolutionary traits in Acanthephyra and discuss their possible adaptive sense.

Restricted, ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOPAPUA, GUYANE 2014, MAINBAZA, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal

Benthesicymidae is a monophyletic group of Decapoda adapted to a life on the sea-floor, in the near-bottom layer, in the bathy- and in the mesopelagic, within an impressive depth range from a few hundred metres (Gennadas) to several thousand metres (Benthesicymus). Higher taxa are known to conquer all main oceanic biotopes such as the benthic, benthopelagic, and pelagic and a wide depth range but few family-level groups have clades evolved within all these oceanic realms. Therefore, the global fauna of Benthesicymidae provides a rare opportunity for an insight into phylogenetic processes favouring colonisation of all principal oceanic biotopes. The first comprehensive phylogenetic study of Benthesicymidae (all 37 valid species) is based on six molecular markers and 105 morphological characters (including 72 female and male copulatory characters). Analyses resulted in trees with similar topology and the same set of robust clades. Molecular methods based on 167 sequences (84 new) provided better resolution of deeper nodes and generally higher support of the clades, while morphological methods allowed analyses of all valid species of the global fauna. Phylogenetic analyses support the monophyly and robustness of all currently known genera except Gennadas, which was split into Gennadas Bate, 1881, Amalopenaeus Smith, 1882, and Notogennema gen. nov. We also retrieved two major clades for which we erected two new subfamilies: Benthesicyminae subfam. nov. (presumably benthic, genera Altelatipes, Bathicaris, Benthesicymus, and Benthonectes) and Gennadinae subfam. nov. (presumably pelagic, genera Amalopenaeus, Bentheogennema, Benthoecetes, Boreogennema, Gennadas, Maorrancaris, and Notogennema gen. nov.). We revealed two groups of morphological characters, that are interlinked evolutionarily: (1) petasma and thelycum; (2) body, mouthparts, and pereopods. Morphological traits within benthic and pelagic clades are different, a model explaining the differences is proposed. Along with previous studies, our results confirm the idea that the elaboration of the copulatory structures is a key to successful colonisation of the pelagic realm. These results extend our knowledge about evolution in the largest habitual biotope of our planet and phylogenetic processes favouring colonisation of all principal oceanic biotopes.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, HALIPRO 2, KARUBENTHOS 2, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 8

Leptochela Stimpson (1860) is a shallow-water, benthopelagic genus within the predominantly pelagic superfamily Pasiphaeoidea. We inventoried a global fauna of 17 currently valid species of Leptochela and identified a newly discovered eighteenth species. Our analysis combined both morphological and molecular data, using 13 characters (including two multistate characters) and 5 gene markers, respectively. The results revealed incongruence between the molecular and morphological datasets. However, our phylogenetic conclusions were based on a consensus approach, integrating morphological, molecular, and total evidence trees, which revealed three robust clades. We discuss the evolutionary development of quantitative and qualitative morphological traits in Leptochela and explore the potential causes of the incongruence between morphological and molecular signals, particularly in the context of pelagic eucarids transitioning from pelagic to benthopelagic habitats. Additionally, we describe the new species from Madagascar and provide a key to all known species of Leptochela.

ATIMO VATAE, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1

BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, EXBODI, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000

ATIMO VATAE, EXBODI, PAPUA NIUGINI

Adult female dajid isopods are ectoparasites found on carapaces, within marsupia, or rarely attached to the eyestalks or pereopods of crustacean hosts. We describe two new genera and species whose females exhibit a novel spheroid shape and envelope antennules of hosts: Akrophryxus milvus n. gen., n. sp. parasitizing Ethusa machaera Castro, 2005 (Madagascar, c. 900 m) and Telephryxus clypeus n. gen., n. sp. parasitizing Munidopsis crassa Smith, 1885 (Caribbean, c. 5000 m). Females of both species differ from other dajid species in their spheroid shape and a plate partially surrounding the host antennule; males are distinguished by reduction of pereopods. Females of A. milvus n. gen., n. sp. are distinguished from those of T. clypeus n. gen., n. sp. in possessing antennules and a triangular attachment plate with three holes (T. clypeus n. gen., n. sp. lacks antennules and the broad attachment plate has two medial holes). Males of A. milvus n. gen., n. sp. are distinguished from those of T. ­clypeus n. gen., n. sp. in having only six pairs of pereopods, rudimentary antennules, single segmented antennae, and pleon fused to pereomere 7 (T. clypeus n. gen., n. sp. with rudimentary seventh pair of pereopods, large single segmented antennules, two segmented antennae, and pleon distinct from pereomere 7). Pre-molt epicaridium larvae and cryptoniscus larvae of T. clypeus n. gen., n. sp. are described. We also describe Aegophila cappa n. sp. found on pereopods of the isopod Aegiochus symmetrica (Richardson, 1905) (Bering Sea, c. 650 m), distinguished from the type species of Aegophila Bresciani, 1966 by oostegite morphology of the female, form of the antennae, and shape of the pleon of males. Tables with comparative characters for genera of Dajidae G. O. Sars, 1883 are provided. Dajid life cycles and development are reviewed.

ATIMO VATAE

The commercial deep-sea penaeid shrimp genus Parapenaeus contains 15 species, three subspecies and two forms in the Indo-West Pacific and the Atlantic. Novel nucleotide sequence data from five different genes (COI, 16S, 12S, NaK and PEPCK) were collected to estimate phylogenetic relationships and taxonomic status amongst all but one subspecies in this genus. The phylogenetic results only support two of the four species groups previously proposed for this genus and indicate an evolution direction of the genital organs from simple to complex. The present results suggest that Parapenaeus originated in the shallow waters of the West Pacific with subsequent migration to the deep sea and the Atlantic. The molecular data reveal that there was probably misidentification of females between Parapenaeus australiensis and Parapenaeus ruberoculatus, with females previously assigned as P. australiensis likely being the females of P. ruberoculatus, while material identified as P. australiensis forma nodosa being the true P. australiensis females. On the other hand, Parapenaeus longipes forma denticulata truly represents a variation of the same species, while the subspecies Parapenaeus fissuroides indicus warrants a specific rank.

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, PAPUA NIUGINI

The availability of fresh specimens of the commercial, deep-sea pandalid shrimp, Heterocarpus woodmasoni Alcock, 1901, from India revealed that material referred to this species from India and the western Pacific Ocean have distinct differences in coloration, morphology, and genetic divergence. Although the syntypes of H. woodmasoni cannot be located now, a color photograph of a typotypic specimen from the Andaman Sea allowed the determination of the Indian form as the true H. woodmasoni. To stabilize the taxonomy in the “H. woodmasoni” species group, a neotype is selected for H. woodmasoni from an Indian specimen with both coloration and molecular barcoding information. The western Pacific form is described as a new species, Heterocarpus fascirostratus sp. nov., which differs from H. woodmasoni in having a banded rostrum, eggs reddish brown instead of greenish brown, lacking rostral crest, armed usually with fewer dorsolateral spines on the telson, the overhanging spine on the abdominal somite III not markedly recurved downwards, and a rather straight postantennal carina.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, TAIWAN 2000

Comparison on the abundant material of Galearctus timidus (Holthuis, 1960) recently collected from the Philippines and Madagascar showed that there are differences in the development of carapace teeth, abdominal sculpture, pereiopods ornamentation and coloration between the specimens from these two localities. Molecular analysis also reveals high genetic divergence between the two forms. Since the type locality of G. timidus is from the Philippines, the Madagascan form is described as a new species.

ATIMO VATAE, PANGLAO 2004

The rock shrimp Sicyonia japonica Balss, 1914 is recorded from Taiwan for the first time. The availability of many fresh specimens of S. japonica and S. parajaponica Crosnier, 2003 from various localities in the Indo-West Pacific allowed a detailed comparison of the morphology, fresh coloration and genetics between these two closely related species. Their major differences are illustrated by line drawings, micro-computed tomography (micro-CT) images and color photographs. DNA barcoding comparison supports the specific status of these two species and reveals that the western Indian Ocean material of S. japonica may represent another cryptic taxon.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, PANGLAO 2005

The commercial deep‐sea penaeid shrimp genus Parapenaeus contains 15 species, three subspecies and two forms in the Indo‐West Pacific and the Atlantic. Novel nucleotide sequence data from five different genes ( COI , 16S, 12S, NaK and PEPCK ) were collected to estimate phylogenetic relationships and taxonomic status amongst all but one subspecies in this genus. The phylogenetic results only support two of the four species groups previously proposed for this genus and indicate an evolution direction of the genital organs from simple to complex. The present results suggest that Parapenaeus originated in the shallow waters of the West Pacific with subsequent migration to the deep sea and the Atlantic. The molecular data reveal that there was probably misidentification of females between Parapenaeus australiensis and Parapenaeus ruberoculatus , with females previously assigned as P. australiensis likely being the females of P. ruberoculatus, while material identified as P. australiensis forma nodosa being the true P. australiensis females. On the other hand, Parapenaeus longipes forma denticulata truly represents a variation of the same species, while the subspecies Parapenaeus fissuroides indicus warrants a specific rank.

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 2, MAINBAZA, PAPUA NIUGINI

The swimming crabs (family Portunidae) are distributed worldwide and commonly inhabit estuaries, mangroves, reefs, shallow and the deep sea. Previously, 75 species and 19 genera in this family were known to Taiwan. Our study examined specimens in Taiwanese waters, including the islands, collected between 2016 and 2020 or deposited in museums. Through the cytochrome oxidase subunit I DNA barcode marker and morphological examination, 71 species were identified. The minimum interspecific distances were greater than 4.09%, except in two unresolved groups: Charybdis miles (De Haan, 1835) and Ch. sagamiensis Parisi, 1916, as well as Thranita pelsarti (Montgomery, 1931) and Thr. prymna (Herbst, 1803). In addition, 14 species belonging to nine genera were confirmed as new records to Taiwan, viz. Carupa ohashii Takeda, 1993, Lupocyclus inaequalis (Walker, 1887), Luu. tugelae Barnard, 1950, Lupocycloporus minutus (Shen, 1937), Monomia gladiator (Fabricius, 1798), M. lucida Koch & Ďuriš, 2018, Podophthalmus minabensis Sakai, 1961, Thalamita gatavakensis Nobili, 1906, Tha. spinifera Borradaile, 1902, Thalamitoides quadridens A. Milne-Edwards, 1869, Tho. tridens A. Milne-Edwards, 1869, Thr. cerasma (Wee & Ng, 1995), Thr. coeruleipes (Hombron & Jacquinot, 1846) and Xiphonectes tuberculosus (A. Milne-Edwards, 1861). This study thus raises the total number of Portunidae species in Taiwan to 89.

ATIMO VATAE, PAPUA NIUGINI

BATHUS 3, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 3

We evaluated the relationships among species in the genus Gelidiella using 47 rbcL and 29 COI sequences, including those from 18 specimens collected in Madagascar. Molecular analyisis revealed the presence of three major lineages among Magalasy Gelidiella which were assigned, based on morpho-anatomical observation, to Gelidiella acerosa, G. ligulata and a so far not described species for which we here proposed the name G. incrassata. Both molecular and morphological data demonstrated the presence of three species in Madagascar: the G. acerosa complex, G. ligulata, and G. incrassata sp. nov., described here. Gelidiella incrassata was collected on small gravel from the intertidal down to a depth of 14 m on the southeast coast of Madagascar. It is distinguished by its large size (up to 7 cm), opposite to alternate ramuli, thick-walled cortical and medullary cells, and stalked tetrasporangial stichidia with irregular arrangement of tetrasporangia. Phylogenetic analyses of rbcL and COI sequences revealed the sister relationship between G. incrassata and G. fanii from southeast Asia and Hawaii. Gelidiella acerosa comprised three genetic groups in Madagascar, each being genetically distinct (pairwise distances, 4.9–8.3% for COI and 1.2–2.3% for rbcL). Further sampling of G. acerosa is needed before taxonomic revisions can be proposed. The distribution of G. ligulata is expanded to include the southwest Indian Ocean.

ATIMO VATAE

We analyzed both mitochondrial cox1 and plastid rbcL sequences from specimens of Pterocladiella from Madagascar and compared their morphologies with previously described species in the genus. Both molecular and morphological datasets demonstrated the presence of five species in Madagascar: P. australafricanensis, P. bartlettii, P. caerulescens, and two new species, P. feldmannii and P. hamelii, described here. Pterocladiella feldmannii is distinguished by plants with a size of about 6 cm with narrow axes and opposite to irregular branches, rhizines congested in medulla, tetrasporangial branchlets constricted at base of branches, tetrasporangial sori without sterile margins, and irregular arrangement of tetrasporangia. Pterocladiella hamelii is characterized by plants with a size of about 3 cm with flattened and thin erect axes and irregular branches, radial arrangement of subapical cells at tips of main axes, tetrasporangial sori with sterile margins and horizontal to irregular arrangement of tetrasporangia. Phylogenetic analyses based on cox1 and rbcL sequences revealed the sister relationship between P. feldmannii and P. hamelii, and their distant relationships to P. australafricanensis, P. bartlettii, and P. caerulescens. The Madagascan Pterocladiella is composed of two geographical elements: Madagascan endemic (P. feldmannii and P. hamelii) and species with wide distributions (P. australafricanensis, P. bartlettii and P. caerulescens).

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

We investigated the globally distributed red algal genus Pterocladiella , comprising 24 described species, many of which are economically important sources of agar and agarose. We used DNA-based species delimitation approaches, phylogenetic, and historical biogeographical analyses to uncover cryptic diversity and infer the drivers of biogeographic patterns. We delimited 43 species in Pterocladiella , of which 19 are undescribed. Our multigene time-calibrated phylogeny and ancestral area reconstruction indicated that Pterocladiella most likely originated during the Early Cretaceous in the Tethys Sea. Ancient Tethyan vicariance and long-distance dispersal have shaped current distribution patterns. The ancestor of Eastern Pacific species likely arose before the formation of the formidable Eastern Pacific Barrier—a first confirmation using molecular data in red algae. Divergences of Northeast and Southeast Pacific species have been driven by the Central American Seaway barrier, which, paradoxically, served as a dispersal pathway for Atlantic species. Both long- and short-distance dispersal scenarios are supported by genetic relationships within cosmopolitan species based on haplotype analysis. Asymmetrical distributions and the predominance of peripatry and sympatry between sister species suggest the importance of budding speciation in Pterocladiella . Our study highlights the underestimation of global diversity in these crucial components of coastal ecosystems and provides evidence for the complex evolution of current species distributions.

ATIMO VATAE, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MADIBENTHOS, PAPUA NIUGINI

The diversity of red algae is significantly increasing; in the recent interest of climate changes, taxonomic and biogeographic studies are needed in untouched regions such as ecological important islands. We examined a collection of Gelidium specimens gathered during the 2010 Atimo Vatae expedition based on the morphology and DNA sequencing of mitochondrial cox1 and plastid rbcL. Both morphological and molecular datasets demonstrated the presence of three species in Madagascar; G. leptum G.H.Boo, L.Le Gall and H.S.Yoon, sp. nov., described here, and G. sclerophyllum W.R.Taylor and G. usmanghanii Afaq-Husain and Shameel. Gelidium leptum is distinguished by thin, slender, flattened thalli with irregular branches, compactly arranged thickwalled cells in medulla, sparse rhizoidal filaments at both sides of branches, and elongate sori of tetrasporangia. Gelidium sclerophyllum, previously considered as endemic to the Tropical Eastern Pacific, is first reported in the Indian Ocean and Hawai’i; G. usmanghanii, previously reported to occur in Pakistan and Oman, also presents a first record in the Southern Hemisphere. Phylogenies inferred from cox1 and rbcL sequences suggests that each of the three species likely diverged from different ancestors. The Madagascan Gelidium comprises two geographical elements; Madagascan endemic (G. leptum) and widespread species (G. sclerophyllum and G. usmanghanii).

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHEDI, BIOMAGLO, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, Walters Shoal